The URL can be used to link to this page

ALLIGATOR LAKE WETLAND CREATION AND STORMWATER TREATMENT PROJECT - 99-0020-EN City of Clearwater Post Office Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 Telephone (727) 462-6126 Fax (727) 462.6989 Public Works Construction RIPA & Associates, LLC Attn: Mr. Chris Estep, Project Manager 1409 Tech Blvd., Suite 1 Tampa, FL 33619 - April 13, 2009 APR ( 5 "Offi RE: Alligator Lake Wetland Creation & Stormwater Treatment Project (99-0020-E1) Dear Mr. Estep: The work of the above referenced project is completed and acceptable as of February 13, 2009. However, if at some later date any defects appear due to construction, you will be expected to accept the responsibility according to the Guarantee of the General Conditions which reads: «T'h P,qt 0-r sba4'T d?,A' ?d" in ?? r at:his owi .e. p s sn ??' age tq nthes°'v oar ° Xe $Ul ft tho rd ? c ugh *ppo r, 9` ft a period f rir jr ar q r ?t 1 a At this time we have also included your "Contractor's Evaluation" for this project. Sincerely, iz? 6-4 --, Ed Burke Construction Coordinator City of Clearwater cc: Gary A. Johnson, C.G.C., Public Services Director John Richter, Construction Inspector Cyndie Goudeau, City Clerk Project File Warranty File Y CITY OF CLEARWATER CONSTRUCTION DIVISION CONTRACTOR'S PAST PERFORMANCE REPORT Contractor: RIPA & Associates, LLC City Project No.: 99-0020-EN Address: 1409 Tech Blvd., Suite 1 Type of Work: Excavation & Landscaping City/State/Zip: Tampa, FL 33619 Phone: (813) 623-6777 Fax No.: (813) 663-6725 Project Name: Alligator Lake Wetland Creation & Stormwater Management Completion Date: February 13, 2009 Final Contract Amount: $594,417.12 ANSWER ALL QUESTIONS Performance Maximum 1. Pursuit of the Work. 2. Proper MOT and Minimize Impacts to Traveling Public. 3. Timely and Complete Submittal of Documents. 4. Timely Completion of Project. 5. Coordination / Cooperation with CI Personnel, Property Owners and Utilities Company. 6. Mitigate Cost and Time Overruns 7. Environmental Compliance 8. Conformance with Contract Documents. Total Score Rated 12 12 12 12 8 8 16/20 note #4 14 10 10 12 12 10/12 note #4 12 20 20 100/106 100 Aa? Ed Burke _ Date Perry Lo' Date Construction Project Coordinator Construc on Manager City of Clearwater, Engineering Department Alligator Lake Wetland Creation and Stormwater Treatment Project City Project 99-0020-EN Technical Specifications and Technical Special Provisions PARSDNS 4925 Independence Parkway, Suite 120 Tampa, FL March 2008 08/26/2008 12:26 7275624755 l/~6/0B Conf1rmNet -) 17275624755 ENG PAGE 02/02 pg 2/3 ACORD'Id CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE I DATE (MMIODIVY YYl 08/26/08 PRODuceR ~-8~3-2n-8031 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ~. ~. Wilsou Co., Inc. ONl.Y AND CONFERS NO RIGlt1"S UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND O~ 300 W. Pl~tt B~. ALTER THE CovERAGe AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Ste ZOO Tanwa, 9'1:. 33606 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAG e NAIC# INBUR&:D INSUREflA: Amerid\1re IllS Co 134BB Rip. ~ Associates, LLC Ripe & Associates INSVflEflB: lit Pllul li'ir. & J4ariue Ius Co --~ 24767 ........ ---- ~409 Tech Ellvd. INSURERC:Amerisure Mut lUll Co 233!J6 !l\1i t.. 1 IN6UR-ERO: Travelers Prop Cas Il}& Co 36161 Tampa. Ji'J. J 3619 i INSURERE: COVERAGES THE POLlCI;:S or INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAve:: BC;CN ISSUCDTO THC INSURED NAMED M30VE FOR THE PO~ICY PC:RIOO INOICATt:O. NOTWITIISTANOING ANY REQlIIRIOMSNT, TSRM OR CO"lOITION Of ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH 'rlotlS CeRTIFICATE MAY Be ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THIO INSURANCE AFFORoeo BY l'HE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS S\.6JECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCl.USIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICICS. AGGRI;;Q.l\TC LIMITS $IIOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. .------.---- ~~: ~,~~; ~v~~ (J~ '''''I''.",'''F PO\.IQV NUMlII'R P~i.:i,v,:~'i8.;!.'~lo POlICV E)tI'IKA TION LIMITS A ~NERAL LIAelLITV ~L2010470 06/0J./OB 06/01/09 tACIIOCCU~C" $1,000,000 X ..E2.,MMERCI,Al GENEfW.LIA8IlITY PRE~"S~S n::.lICClJfllI1CQ' $300,000 ~ I-- ---.: C\ AIMS MADI' 0 C:U:'oCljR ~~XP(AnYon.IJlf",",,) $10.000 ~- Con~r~ct~l ~~ahility PeRSONAL I!. AOV INJURY S ~.OOO.OOO I-- GEoNHW.AUU!lJOI>A I'l, $ 2. 000,000 I>t:N'LA\jUHI:c;p.II:LIMIT Al'PLI~S I'ER: I "~DUUC:;l S . COMI'IOl> AOO ,Z,OOO.OOO ~. POI.:cv-rXi ~C-,Q,: . r=r LaC I A ~OMO&ILE LIA~ILITY CA1387513 06/01/09 I 06/01/09 COMIlINEO SINGle LIMIT $1,000,000 X AN'( AUTO ! (EeaOOldenU .- , ALL OWNED AUTOS I I BOOIL Y INJURY I (fOQr p816Qn1 $ .- SCHEDULeD AUTOS !- HlllI:lJ AU ros BOOIL Y INJURY X NQN.owNEO AUT06 (I'<< Dcddenll $ - - PROPERTY DAMACE $ (P.....cidonl) lRAGElIABlUTY AUTO ONly. EAACCICENT $ . . MY AUTO I $ OTH~R THAN ..~~~C AUTC' ONLY: AGG $ B fJ"'"UI\I8R"l.lA LI.r.llILITV QK06802846 06/01/08 06/0~/03 tA(;H OCCUHRl::NCI: $ ~5,000,OOO It OCCI.'l 0 ClAIMS MAOE ~- ~OflECATE $~5,OOO.000 $ ~ ~~OVCTlllI-," $ x RF,lHlTIC)N $10,000 $ C I WO~l\~~SCOll\PENSATIONA"O WC1JB 7517 06/01/08 06/01/03 X l WCSTATU'i I. jOTli. I EMPLOYERS'L,^BILITV _.. :rQB.Y.L'MI" .. ER ,.. ....--.-.- . ANY PROPRIETOIWARiNERlEJlEO\JTl'tE E L. EACH ACCIDENT $500,000 i OFFICERiMEM8e:Rl:XOLUOF.P? f: L.l;ISEASE. EA f;M>lOYl:E $500,000 i Ir~. de"~lI& v~c... S eCIAl PROVIG.ONS below E L. CISEA5E. !'OLICY LIMIT $500.000 !O"'M~ 0 !contractors Equipment QT.660.3194Jl,6:A. 06/01/08 06/01/09 Leased!Rence4 500,000 i !dale. Par It_, 500,000 I O..du"t~bl..' ',000 DUCRIP liON O~ OP~KA lIONS j LOCA llONSI VI!HICLI!S I CXCLUSIONSADDE!D BY ENDORllEMENT j SPECIAL PRO\ll8lONS CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF "HE ABOVE DeSCR1S~D POLlClloe Ell; CANCI:LL!.lJ B~~OR~ THE t::X"'KI< flON City of Cll'IlI'WAt..r DATE THEREOF, THE I9SUING INSURER WILL ENIJ&AVOR TO MAIL 2.Q.... DAYB _1'1 EN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMIiD TO nUl LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO eo SHALL R~l:hy IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION Oil LIABILITV OF I\NV KJNP UPON THE iNBURER, ITS AGENTS OR 100 South Myrtle Avenue REPRESENTATIVES. ClaarWBl:ar, Ft. 33756 I\UTH~I.ZED REPRESeNl...TIVE ..~~.....J<L_ USA ACORC 26 (2001/08) CQRA1>,P 9s:!.3Sll3 @ACORDCORPORATION 1988 Certificate Dellvel)l by Cel1lflcaUlsNlI'N - www.Cgnfim1Ntot.com.877.669.8600 Alligator Lake Wetland Creation and Stormwater Treatment Project City Project No. 99-0020-EN Clarification and Response to Pre-Bid Meeting Questions Item No. Question Clarification 1 Regarding Bid Schedule, Can the City change No. Quantities can be determined from the plans for tree items 1.4 and 1.5 from LS to LF and item 4.1 protection, root pruning, and silt fencing. However, these from LS to SF and provide estimated Bid quantities have been presented as a guide only. The Quantities? Contractor will need to determine the appropriate erosion control to be utilized and incorporated into the NPDES permit (62-621.300 (4)(a) Generic Permit for Stormwater Discharge from Large and Small Construction Activities). An estimated minimum quantity for Bahia sod is provided on Sheet L-O 1. 2 Did Engineer request Sunshine Call One design Yes, see Sheet G-02 "Utilities Note 2". locates to obtain information on Existing utilities, if any, that may or may not conflict with proposed design improvements? 3 General Conditions, 6.8-Permits, states "Contractor shall pay for ALL governmental Contractor is responsible for the NPDES to the DEP. Per charges and inspection fees necessary for Rule 62-4.050(4)(d) the applicable fee is $400.00. prosecution of the work which are applicable at the time of opening bids". Can the City City of Clearwater permit fees will be waived. summanze these charges and fees for the Contractor? 4 General Conditions 6.14 - Indemnification, There is no limit for indemnity. The Contractor shall have what is the indemnification dollar limit? insurance and comprehensive coverage as required in Section 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE. 5 Regarding the scope of work checklist on page 2 of Technical Specifications, can the City The Contractor is responsible for the line, grade and record confirm line, grade, and record drawing drawings as described. responsibility? 6 Regarding scope of work checklist page 3 of the Technical Specifications time is left blank. 180 days Please provide days. 7 Regarding Technical Special Provision 25.2.2.1.4-A, please confirm that mulch shall If the quantities of mulch from the site are not sufficient, consist of recycled material such as finely then per approval of the City's representative, the City has chopped wood trimmings from the site. Please available stores of mulch that can be used during the confirm whether or not other organic materials planting process. can be comingled with wood trimmings. 8 Please confirm the requirement for 37.2, audio/ Yes it is required. It is important to carefully verify pre- video tape of work areas on this project, as construction conditions especially along the proj ect listed on scope of work checklist. boundaries adjacent to private property and the Ruth Eckerd Hall property. 9 Can the City confirm the quantity of erosion The estimated quantity of erosion control mats should be control mats provided on the bid form? 2,500 SY not 2,500 SF. 10 Can the City confirm the sizes of the plants Please see attached Plant list with corrected plant sizes. listed on Sheet L-02 ? Note the additional quantities for Loblolly. 11 Do we need to stake all 3 gallon and 1 gallon One gallon plants do not need to be staked but do need to trees with (3) three - 2' x 2' x 4' stakes? be planted as shown in the detail for shrub and ground cover on Sheet L-02. The three gallon trees should be staked. 12 Which plants will require mulch? Mulch should be placed on all the plants above the seasonal high water elevation. 13 Virginia chain fern will not work until plants It is Parson's opinion that the Virginia chain fern will be are large enough to shade the fern. Would you shaded by the existing trees in the area and receive direct provide a substitute for this fern? sun only in late afternoon and therefore be viable. . 14 In the event that a contractor grows the plant material for the project and the project is delayed due to construction, plants will become overgrown, root bound and some may die - What type of provision will be provided to protect the subcontractor from this type of scenano. Can the clearing be done with one mobilization? If not, how many will be required? Will a temporary office be required? If so, please advise the requirements, size, phone, fax, etc. I have looked over the planting plan Sheet L-Ol. It shows a quantity of24,006 units. The Line item #4.2 indicates a quantity of 57,358 an~ Line item #4.3 shows 1,148 units. Would you clarify these numbers? Also, on Sheet L-O 1 in the drawing it shows labels such as CA, IC, Tdi that do not show in the legend. Please let me know what species this should be. The plans give a large view of the area showing Eckerd Hall and Alligator Lake, but the it is hard to accurately tie down the exact area of Construction as the plan views of the Construction area are so close to the work area that they do not show surrounding areas / tie the work to existing features / locations. Is the Construction area just east of the parking lot ( parking lot that is itself just north ofEckerd Hall ) ? 15 16 17 18 The Contractor, who is responsible for maintaining the schedule, will hire the planting subcontractor. Provisions for schedule delays will be an agreement between the contractor and the planting subcontractor. Clearing can be completed with one mobilization. No, a temporary office will not be required. A plant quantity sheet is attached to this email. General and detailed location maps are on the City's FTP site. To access the FTP site: 1. Click on this link to Clearwater's ftp site: ftp://ftpserver.myclearwater.coml 2. Use lower case letters, including clearwater, to fill in the two fields: Username: vendor Password: clearwater 3. Open the folder named Alligator Lake (99-0020 EN) 4. and download the file(s) by copy/pasting them to your local or network drive. 19 Are there any plans that indicate the current The CADD files located on the FTP site (see instructions elevations which we would have access to? above) will have a detailed elevations layer. The point elevations that we see on the plan set issued are too small to accurately read. PLANT LIST FOR THE ALLIGATOR LAKE WETLAND CREATION AND STORMWATER TREATMENT PROJECl SYM QTY COMMON NAME SCIENTIFIC NAME SIZE AND PLANTING PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS DEPTH (TO NWL) HERBS/FERNS BS 3127 Swamp fern B/echnum serru/atum 1 gallon, 1 - 2 feet tall, planted 3' a.c. - 0.5 to + 1.0' CF 89 Yellow canna Canna f1accida 1 gallon, 6 - 9" tall, planted 3' a.c. - 1.0 to + 0.5' CA 87 Swamp lily Crinum americanum 1 gallon, 3 - 4 feet tall, planted 3' a.c. -1.5 to - 0.5" IH 63 Prairie iris Iris hexagona 1 gallon, 6 - 9" tall, planted 3' a.c. - 0.5 to + 1.0' HD 14500 Beach sunflower Helianthus debilis 1 gallon, 6 - 9" tall, planted l' a.c upland slopes JE 570 Soft rush Juncus effusus 1 gallon, 6 - 9" tall, planted 3' a.c. -1.0 to + 0.5' Na 932 Fragrant water lily Nymphae odorata 1 gallon, 3 - 4 petioles, planted 3' a.c. -4.0to-1.5 ac 1948 Cinnamon fern asmunda cinnamomea 1 gallon, 1 - 2 feet tall, planted 3' a.c. - 0.5 to + 1.0' PC 4,357 Pickerelweed Pontederia cordata 1 gallon, 6 - 9" tall, planted 3' a.c. - 1.5 to - 0.5" SL 1,505 Arrowhead Sagitta ria lancifolia 1 gallon, 6 - 9" tall, planted 3' a.c. -1.5 to - 0.5" SB 8,728 Sand cordgrass Spartina bakeri 1 gallon, 6 - 9" tall, planted 3' a.c. - 0.5 to + 1.0' TG 701 Alligator flag Thalia genicu/ata 1 gallon, 1 - 2 feet tall, planted 3' a.c. -1.5 to - 0.5" TDa 20,000 Fakahatchee grass Tripsacum dacty/oides 4 X 4 plug, 6" tall, planted l' a.c upland slopes TDa 428 Fakahatchee grass Tripsacum dacty/oides 1 gallon, 6 - 9" tall, planted 3' a.c. - 0.5 to + 1.0' WV 323 Virginia chain fern Woodwardia virginica 1 gallon, 1 - 2 feet tall, planted 3' a.c. - 0.5 to + 1.0' TREES AR 177 Red maple Acer rubrum 3 gallon, 4 - 5 feet tall, planted as - 1.0 to + upland shown QL 8 Laurel oak Quercus laurifolia 3 gallon, 4 - 5 feet tall, planted as 1.0 to upland shown MV 12 Sweet bay Magnolia virginia 3 gallon, 4 - 5 feet tall, planted as - 1.0 to + upland shown IC 174 Dahoon holly /lex cassine 3 gallon, 4 - 5 feet tall, planted as - 1.0 to + upland shown QV 10 Virginia live oak Quercus virginiana 3 gallon, 4 - 5 feet tall, planted as Upland shown TDi 762 Bald cypress Taxodium distichum 3 gallon, 4 - 5 feet tall, planted as -1.0 to 0 shown PP 5 Longleaf pine Pinus pa/ustris 3 gallon, 3 - 4 feet tall, planted as Upland shown GL 12 Loblolly Bay Gordonia laszanthus 3 gallon, 4 - 5 feet tall, planted as -1.0toO shown Alligator Lake Wetland Creation and Stormwater Treatment Project City Project No. 99-0020-EN Clarification and Response to Pre-Bid Meeting Questions 2 Item No. I Question I have a question regarding the grass foot path. There is not a typical section for it that I have seen in the plans. Maybe I am overlooking it. What is the typical section for it? Does it have to be stabilized and if so, what depth and material is to be used? Is the grass to be Bahia or something else? 2 Can a hydro-ax be used to remove exotic vegetation, instead of grinding out the entire stump? How many copies of the bid should be provided at the submittal? 3 Clarification The grass footpath is intended to provide access for the City to the sanitary sewer line should they ever need it. It also provides pedestrian access through the site as well for mitigation maintenance. Since both pedestrian and vehicular traffic will be minimal, stabilization will be restricted to that shown on detail 3 of sheet CD-O I, the erosion control mats (North American Green C-350 or equivalent) per the Specifications. Erosion control mats should be installed per the manufacturer's recommended method with particular attention to anchoring the ends at the top and bottom of the rolls. Grass is Bahia. The area should be graded per Tech Spec 31 for Sodding. The soil should be free of twigs and stones, loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to the existing grade (minimum of 7.7' NA VD 88) as shown on the plans. Yes, a hydro-ax can be used. Two. Alligator Lake Wetland Creation and Stormwater Treatment Project City Project No. 99-0020-EN Clarification and Response to Pre-Bid Meeting Questions 3 Item No. Question Clarification 1 While going through the bid items, I have read the Upon review of the Technical Specifications, the Technical Clearing and Grubbing as well as the General Special Provisions and the Bid Form, it seems the two line items Demolition bid items and it seems like they are in question, 1.3 General Demolition and 2.1 Clearing and contradicting each other. Both call for the removal of Grubbing are redundant or at least overlapping, particularly item trees and stumps as well as structures, etc. Can you 1.3. c1arify'what is to be included in each item. I would put all the tree removal and exotic removal in the Therefore, a revised Bid Form, with General Demolition removed clearing and the structure removal in the general from the form, and a revised Technical Special Provisions demolition item. Please clarify as I would like our bid Section 01025 are attached. form to mirror the other bidder's bid form. 2 Plan Page G-04 refers to "Suggested Temporary This is a typographic error. The sheet should read "Suggested Berm for Construction of Phase V" with an arrow Temporary Berm for Construction of Phase IV". pointing to shaded area on the plan. I do not find The purpose of the suggested temporary berm is to prevent any detail or reference to Construction Phase water from Alligator Lake from entering the Phase IV #5 regarding this structure in any other plan construction area during construction. It is not the Engineer's sheets or in the specifications. Please provide intent to dictate means and methods for construction. The additional detail information regarding the Contractor will have to determine the best method(s) to keep the "Temporary Berm". Also under which payline would site dry during construction. it be included? The Pay Item for this work is covered under Item 2.2 Earthwork. 3 Please verify that the City of Clearwater will have a Several fire hydrants are adjacent to the site and will be able to water line available for construction activities as well provide water to the site. There is a meter charge for water as maintenance of landscape throughout the used from the fire hydrants. construction period? Will there be a meter charge for the water? 4 What is the spec and material to be used for the The black plastic tarp should be black polyethylene plastic black plastic tarp to be used to compost the organic sheeting 4mil thick or equivalent as approved by the Engineer. material? Please c1arifv. SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation provided in the proposal and the Contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, tools and equipment, for performing all operations necessary to complete the work under the Contract, and also in full payment for all losses or damages arising from the nature of the work, or from any discrepancy between the actual quantities of work and quantities herein estimated by the Engineer, or from the action of the elements or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the work until the final acceptance by the City. B. Work not shown or called out in either the Plans or the Specifications, but necessary in carrying out the intent of the Project or in the complete and proper execution of the Work, is required and shall be performed by the Contractor as though it were specifically delineated or described. No additional compensation will be considered for this associated and necessary work. C. The process stated in the Bid Form include all costs and expenses for taxes, labor, equipment, materials, commissions, transportation charges and expenses, patent fees and royalties, labor for handling materials during inspection, together with any and all other costs and expenses for performing and completing the work as shown on the Plans and specified herein. The basis of payment for an item at the unit price shown in the Bid Form shall be in accordance with the description of that item in this section. D. The Contractor's attention is again called to the fact that the quotations for various items of work are intended to establish a total price for completing the work in its entirety. Should the Contractor think that the cost for any item of work has not been established by the Bid Form or Payment Items, he/she shall include the cost for that work in some other applicable bid item, so that his/her proposal for the project does reflect his/her total price for completing the work in its entirety. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for all work done in compliance with the Contract Documents, inclusive of furnishing all manpower, equipment, materials and performance of all operations relative to construction of this project, will be made under the pay items listed herein and in accordance with the accepted Bid. B. Methods of Measurement: 1. Units of measurement shall be defined in general terms as follows: a. Lump Sum (LS) 5/23/08 REV ADDEND3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-1 260107 b. Linear Feet (LF) c. Acre (AC) d. Cubic Yards (CY) e. Tons (TN) f. Square Yards (SY) g. Each (EA) 1.03 BASIS OF PAYMENT Measurement and payment for each bid item shall include all labor, materials and equipment required to perform the work included for that respective item to provide a complete and operable installation whether specifically described, mentioned or implied. Payment for all sheeting, shoring, bracing, cofferdams, and other items necessary for a safe and workable excavation shall be included in those Items requiring same for a complete and operable installation whether specifically described, mentioned or implied. A. Item 1.0 - Mobilization and Site Preparation Item 1.1 Mobilization Payment for mobilization will include costs associated with preparatory work and operations necessary to begin work on the Project, including but not limited to those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the Project site(s), and for the establishment of temporary offices, two (2) Project ID signs, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities as required by the Plans and Specifications and all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations. Payment shall also include costs associated with off- site staging/storage areas. The cost of bonds and any other required insurance, consideration for indemnification to the City and the Engineer, and any other pre-construction expenses necessary for the start of the Work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall also be included in this Pay Item. The Work specified under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price, in accordance with the following schedule: PERCF~NT OF ORIGINAL ALLOW ABLE PERCENT CONTRACT AMOUNT EARNED OF THE LUMP SUM PRICE FOR MOBILIZATION (''') 5 25 10 50 25 75 100 100 5/23/08 REV ADDEND3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-2 260107 * Partial payments will be limited to 10 percent of the original Contract amount for the Project. Any remaining amount will be paid upon completion of all Work on the Project, including final punch list Work items. Item 1.2 Maintenance of Traffic Payment for traffic control will include maintaining traffic within the adjacent properties as a result of hauling and disposal of construction materials and equipment. Traffic control shall be maintained throughout the duration of the proj ect. Payment for traffic control will be lump sum payable in an amount equal to the percentage of the original Contract amount earned at the time of application for payment. Item 1.3 Tree Barricades Tree barriers shall be staked around trees designated to be protected in accordance with the Plans and Article 62 of the City of Clearwater Specifications and as modified in TSP-06. Payment for tree barricades shall be lump sum. Item 1.4 Root Pruning Root pruning shall be performed as specified in the Plans and Specifications shall be in accordance with Article 62 of the City of Clearwater Specifications and as modified in TSP-06. Payment for root pruning shall be lump sum. Item 1.5 Erosion and Sediment Control Payment for erosion and sediment control shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services required to fabricate, furnish, deploy, secure, and maintain all control measures throughout the entire duration of the proposed Work. The control measures shall conform to FDOT Standards Index 102 and 103, City of Clearwater Article 38 or as directed by the Engineer. Pay item shall also include preparation and submittal of a site specific Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), detailing Erosion and Sediment Control Best Management Practices (BMP's) and removal of all control measures upon completion and acceptance of the Work. Payment for erosion and sediment control will be lump sum payable in an amount equal to the percentage of the original Contract amount earned at the time of application for payment. The Work specified under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price, in accordance with the following schedule: ALLO\V ABLE PERCENT PERCENT OF ORIGINAL OF THE LUMP SUM CONTRACT AMOUNT EARNED PRICE FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 25 50 50 80 5/23/08 REV ADDENm MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-3 260107 100 100 Item 1.6 - Bypass Pumpin2 Payment for Bypass Pumping will include all equipment, labor, installation, and operation for bypass pumping as needed for construction. Measurement shall be on a unit basis based on days of bypass. Payment shall be lump sum based on percent complete. B. Item 2.0 - Earthwork Item 2.1 Clearin2 and Grubbin2 Payment for clearing and grubbing performed as specified in the Plans and Specifications shall be in accordance with Article 56 of the City of Clearwater Specifications. Basis of Measurement shall be per acre. Item 2.2 Earthwork Payment for earthwork will include excavation, storing, transport and placement of soil materials within the limits of disturbance, and transport/disposal of materials off-site. Payment will be lump sum based on percent complete. Item 2.3 Finish Gradin2 The work to be performed will consist of the furnishing of equipment and labor for the grading of all slopes, sodded areas, construction or re-channelization of all ditches and swales, shaping or reshaping of slopes, all final dressing, and all other earthwork operations required for the completion of the project. Payment will be a lump sum payable upon acceptance of the Work. Item 2.4 Unsuitable Material Removal Should unsuitable material, as specified in Article 17 of the City of Clearwater specification, be encountered at the project site, it shall be excavated in accordance with Section 02200 and removed from the project site. Basis of Measurement shall be per cubic yard. Item 2.5 Additional Bearing Material Should additional suitable bearing material be required due to insufficiency of suitable bearing material at the project site, it shall be provided and installed in accordance with Section 02200. Basis of Measurement shall be per cubic yard. C. Item 3.0- Drainage Items 3.1 Control Structure Payment for control structure (modified ditch bottom inlet) shall be on a unit basis installed as specified on the plans. Items 3.2 Junction BoxlManhole 5/23/08 REV ADDEND3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-4 260107 Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis, in accordance with City of Clearwater Article 33. Items 3.3 and 3.4 Reinforced Concrete Pipe Payment shall be per linear foot installed, in accordance with City of Clearwater Article 19. Item 3.5 Riprap Rubble (Bank & Shore) Payment shall be based on tons installed, in accordance with City of Clearwater Article 57. Items 3.6 Filter Fabric Payment for filter fabric designated on the Plans shall be based on square feet installed In accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Items 3.7 Erosion Control Mats Payment for erosion control mats designated on the Plans shall be based on square feet installed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Items 3.8 Endwalls Payment for endwalls shall be lump sum based on each item installed as specified on the Plans. Item 3.9 Grassed Footpaths Payment for this item shall include all items necessary for construction and installation of a grassed footpath as specified in the plans and specifications. Payment shall be lump sum. D. Item 4.0 Landscape and Sod Item 4.1 Sod Payment shall be per square foot installed, in accordance with City of Clearwater Article 31. Items 4.2 to 4.3 Landscape Plantings Payment for plantings includes installation of the plants, shrubs and trees of the type, size and quantity indicated in the plans in accordance with specifications, and requirements, or as authorized by the Engineer's Representative. The Contractor will be responsible for the post planting maintenance of plant material and be responsible for plant watering until final acceptance. Contractor shall warrant plants for a one (1) year period. Payment shall be per unit quantity installed. END OF SECTION 5/23/08 REV ADDEND3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-5 260107 Alligator Lake Wetland Creation & Stormwater Treatment Project Bid Form Item Description 1.0 Mobilization and Site Preparation 1.1 Mobilization 1.2 Maintenance of Traffic 1.3 Tree Barricades 1.4 Root Pruning 1.5 Erosion and Sediment Control 1.6 By-Pass Pumping/Dewatering Unit Cost Total Cost LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 Subtotal 2.0 Earthwork 2.1 Clearing and Grubbing 2.2 Earthwork 2.3 Finish Gradin 2.4 Unsuitable Material Removal 2.5 Additional Bearin Material AC 8 LS 1 LS 1 CY 1 CY 1 Subtotal EA 1 EA 1 LF 10 LF 30 Ton 550 SF 2,850 SF 2,500 EA 2 LS 1 Subtotal LS 1 EA 57,358 EA 1,148 Subtotal Subtotal Permits - NPDES/SWPPP Contingency (10%) TOTAL CONSTRUCTION 3.0 Drainage 3.1 Control Structure 3.2 Junction Box 3.3 30" RCP 3.4 36" RCP 3.5 Riprap rubble (bank and shore protection) 3.6 Filter Fabric 3.7 Erosion Control Mats 3.8 Endwall 3.9 Grassed Foot ath 4.0 Landscape and Sod 4.1 Sod (Bahia) 4.2 Landscaping 1 GAL PLANTS 4.3 Landscaping 3 GAL PLANTS f ".""' ." '~~'J] [' "~,~:.o.'~~~;. ,] Parsons Rev Addend 3 5/23/2008 Alligator lake Wetland Creation & Stormwater Treatment Project Bid Form Item Description 1.0 Mobilization and Site Preparation 1.1 Mobilization 1.2 Maintenance of Traffic 1.3 Tree Barricades 1.4 Root Pruning 1.5 Erosion and Sediment Control 1.6 By-Pass Pumping/Dewatering Unit Cost Total Cost LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 Subtotal 2.0 Earthwork 2.1 Clearing and Grubbing 2.2 Earthwork 2.3 Finish Grading 2.4 Unsuitable Material Removal 2.5 Additional Bearing Material 4.0 landscape and Sod 4.1 Sod (Bahia) 4.2 Landscaping 1 GAL PLANTS 4.3 Landscaping 3 GAL PLANTS AC 8 LS 1 LS 1 CY 1 CY 1 Subtotal EA 1 EA 1 LF 10 LF 30 Ton 550 SF 2,850 SY 2,500 EA 2 LS 1 Subtotal LS 1 EA 57,358 EA 1,148 Subtotal Subtotal Permits - NPDES/SWPPP Contingency (10%) TOTAL CONSTRUCTION ~~:~.'~==~~] ,. -'"" ~. ~ .._-'"~] 3.0 Drainage 3.1 Control Structure 3.2 Junction Box 3.3 30" RCP 3.4 36" RCP 3.5 Riprap rubble (bank and shore protection) 3.6 Filter Fabric 3.7 Erosion Control Mats 3.8 Endwall 3.9 Grassed Foot ath Parsons Rev Addend 3 5/28/2008 SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation provided in the proposal and the Contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, tools and equipment, for performing all operations necessary to complete the work under the Contract, and also in full payment for all losses or damages arising from the nature of the work, or from any discrepancy between the actual quantities of work and quantities herein estimated by the Engineer, or from the action of the elements or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the work until the final acceptance by the City. B. Work not shown or called out in either the Plans or the Specifications, but necessary in carrying out the intent of the Project or in the complete and proper execution of the Work, is required and shall be performed by the Contractor as though it were specifically delineated or described. No additional compensation will be considered for this associated and necessary work. C. The process stated in the Bid Form include all costs and expenses for taxes, labor, equipment, materials, commissions, transportation charges and expenses, patent fees and royalties, labor for handling materials during inspection, together with any and all other costs and expenses for performing and completing the work as shown on the Plans and specified herein. The basis of payment for an item at the unit price shown in the Bid Form shall be in accordance with the description of that item in this section. D. The Contractor's attention is again called to the fact that the quotations for various items of work are intended to establish a total price for completing the work in its entirety. Should the Contractor think that the cost for any item of work has not been established by the Bid Form or Payment Items, he/she shall include the cost for that work in some other applicable bid item, so that his/her proposal for the project does reflect his/her total price for completing the work in its entirety. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for all work done in compliance with the Contract Documents, inclusive of furnishing all manpower, equipment, materials and performance of all operations relative to construction of this project, will be made under the pay items listed herein and in accordance with the accepted Bid. B. Methods of Measurement: 1. Units of measurement shall be defined in general terms as follows: a. Lump Sum (LS) 5/28/08 REV ADDEND3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-1 260107 b. Linear Feet (LF) c. Acre (AC) d. Cubic Yards (CY) e. Tons (TN) f. Square Yards (SY) g. Each (EA) 1.03 BASIS OF PAYMENT Measurement and payment for each bid item shall include all labor, materials and equipment required to perform the work included for that respective item to provide a complete and operable installation whether specifically described, mentioned or implied. Payment for all sheeting, shoring, bracing, cofferdams, and other items necessary for a safe and workable excavation shall be included in those Items requiring same for a complete and operable installation whether specifically described, mentioned or implied. A. Item 1.0 - Mobilization and Site Preparation Item 1.1 Mobilization Payment for mobilization will include costs associated with preparatory work and operations necessary to begin work on the Project, including but not limited to those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the Project site(s), and for the establishment of temporary offices, two (2) Project ID signs, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities as required by the Plans and Specifications and all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations. Payment shall also include costs associated with off- site staging/storage areas. The cost of bonds and any other required insurance, consideration for indemnification to the City and the Engineer, and any other pre-construction expenses necessary for the start of the Work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall also be included in this Pay Item. The Work specified under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price, in accordance with the following schedule: PERCENT OF ORIGINAL ALLO\V ABLE PERCENT CONTRACT AMOUNT EARNED OF THE LUMP SUM PRICE FOR MOBILIZATrON (*) 5 25 10 50 25 75 100 100 5/28/08 REV ADDEND3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-2 260107 * Partial payments will be limited to 10 percent of the original Contract amount for the Project. Any remaining amount will be paid upon completion of all Work on the Project, including final punch list Work items. Item 1.2 Maintenance of Traffic Payment for traffic control will include maintaining traffic within the adjacent properties as a result of hauling and disposal of construction materials and equipment. Traffic control shall be maintained throughout the duration of the project. Payment for traffic control will be lump sum payable in an amount equal to the percentage of the original Contract amount earned at the time of application for payment. Item 1.3 Tree Barricades Tree barriers shall be staked around trees designated to be protected in accordance with the Plans and Article 62 of the City of Clearwater Specifications and as modified in TSP-06. Payment for tree barricades shall be lump sum. Item 1.4 Root Pruning Root pruning shall be performed as specified in the Plans and Specifications shall be in accordance with Article 62 of the City of Clearwater Specifications and as modified in TSP-06. Payment for root pruning shall be lump sum. Item 1.5 Erosion and Sediment Control Payment for erosion and sediment control shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services required to fabricate, furnish, deploy, secure, and maintain all control measures throughout the entire duration of the proposed Work. The control measures shall confonn to FDOT Standards Index 102 and 103, City of Clearwater Article 38 or as directed by the Engineer. Pay item shall also include preparation and submittal of a site specific Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), detailing Erosion and Sediment Control Best Management Practices (BMP's) and removal of all control measures upon completion and acceptance of the Work. Payment for erosion and sediment control will be lump sum payable in an amount equal to the percentage of the original Contract amount earned at the time of application for payment. The Work specified under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price, in accordance with the following schedule: ALLO\V ABLE PERCENT PERCENT OF ORIGINAL OF THE LUMP SUM CONTRACT AMOUNT EARNED PRICE FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 25 50 50 80 5/28/08 REV ADDEND3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-3 260107 100 100 Item 1.6 - Bypass Pumping Payment for Bypass Pumping will include all equipment, labor, installation, and operation for bypass pumping as needed for construction. Measurement shall be on a unit basis based on days of bypass. Payment shall be lump sum based on percent complete. B. Item 2.0 - Earthwork Item 2.1 Clearing and Grubbing Payment for clearing and grubbing performed as specified in the Plans and Specifications shall be in accordance with Article 56 of the City of Clearwater Specifications. Basis of Measurement shall be per acre. Item 2.2 Earthwork Payment for earthwork will include excavation, storing, transport and placement of soil materials within the limits of disturbance, and transport/disposal of materials off-site. Payment will be lump sum based on percent complete. Item 2.3 Finish Grading The work to be performed will consist of the furnishing of equipment and labor for the grading of all slopes, sodded areas, construction or re-channelization of all ditches and swales, shaping or reshaping of slopes, all final dressing, and all other earthwork operations required for the completion of the project. Payment will be a lump sum payable upon acceptance of the Work. Item 2.4 Unsuitable Material Removal Should unsuitable material, as specified in Article 17 of the City of Clearwater specification, be encountered at the project site, it shall be excavated in accordance with Section 02200 and removed from the project site. Basis of Measurement shall be per cubic yard. Item 2.5 Additional Bearing Material Should additional suitable bearing material be required due to insufficiency of suitable bearing material at the project site, it shall be provided and installed in accordance with Section 02200. Basis of Measurement shall be per cubic yard. e. Item 3.0- Drainage Items 3.1 Control Structure Payment for control structure (modified ditch bottom inlet) shall be on a unit basis installed as specified on the plans. Items 3.2 Junction Box/Manhole 5/28/08 REV ADDEND3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-4 260107 Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis, in accordance with City of Clearwater Article 33. Items 3.3 and 3.4 Reinforced Concrete Pipe Payment shall be per linear foot installed, in accordance with City of Clearwater Article 19. Item 3.5 Riprap Rubble (Bank & Shore) Payment shall be based on tons installed, in accordance with City of Clearwater Article 57. Items 3.6 Filter Fabric Payment for filter fabric designated on the Plans shall be based on square feet installed In accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Items 3.7 Erosion Control Mats Payment for erosion control mats designated on the Plans shall be based on square yards installed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Items 3.8 Endwalls Payment for endwalls shall be lump sum based on each item installed as specified on the Plans. Item 3.9 Grassed Footpaths Payment for this item shall include all items necessary for construction and installation of a grassed footpath as specified in the plans and specifications. Payment shall be lump sum. D. Item 4.0 Landscape and Sod Item 4.1 Sod Payment shall be per square foot installed, in accordance with City of Clearwater Article 31. Items 4.2 to 4.3 Landscape Plantings Payment for plantings includes installation of the plants, shrubs and trees of the type, size and quantity indicated in the plans in accordance with specifications, and requirements, or as authorized by the Engineer's Representative. The Contractor will be responsible for the post planting maintenance of plant material and be responsible for plant watering until. final acceptance. Contractor shall warrant plants for a one (1) year period. Payment shall be per unit quantity installed. END OF SECTION 5/28/08 REV ADDEND3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-5 260107 City of Clearwater, Engineering Department Alligator Lake Wetland Creation and Stormwater Treatment Project City Project 99-0020-EN Technical Specifications and Technical Special Provisions PARSONS 4925 Independence Parkway, Suite 120 Tampa, FL March 2008 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CITY OF CLEARWATER ALLIGATOR LAKE WETLAND CREATION AND STORMWATER TREATMENT PROJECT The engineering material and data contained in the Contract Drawings and Specifications were prepared under the supervision and direction of the undersigned: PARSONS WATER a INFAASiTAUCTUAE INC. 4925 Independence Parkway, Sule 120 Phone (813) 933-4650 - Fax (813) 930-7332 www.parsons.com Florida Certificate of Authorization No. 9834 Discipline Responsible Charae Engineer of Record, Civil ~~7/ZDoP Florida Registration No. 60099 . 7347S21GroundwarerlTechspecs\ I 00% Ispecslgn.doc Page I of I City of Clearwater, Florida CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS PART A CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDmONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPEOACATIONS SECTION IV-A TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PART ~ CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS (INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE) 100 SERIES 200 SERIES 300 SERIES 400 SERIES 500 SERIES 600 SERIES 700 SERIES 900 SERIES STREET SECTIONS AND DETAILS STORM DETAILS SANITARY SEWER DETAILS WATER DETAILS RECLAIMED WATER DETAILS EROSION & SILTATION CONTROL DETAILS MISCELLANEOUS (DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE) LANDSCAPE DETAILS PART C STORMWATER MANAGEMENT DESIGN CRITERIA (INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE) . Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS Alligator Lake Wetland Creation & Stormwater Treatment Project CONTRACT #99-0020-EN CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Web site www.mvClearwater.comlcitvoroiects. on MONDAY. APRIL 28. 2008. until no. later than close of business three days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. The work for which proposals are invited consists of: construction of wetland areas and expansion/enhancement of an existing stormwater management facility with landscaping and plantings. Project improvements including the following as shown in the drawings: water control structures, gravity stormwater sewers and structures, exotic plant species removal, and extensive wetland, floodplain, and upland plantings. To accomplish the construction of improvements, clearing, grubbing and some demolition will be required. Throughout construction, dewatering, drainage course relocation, gopher tortoise protection, sediment and erosion control, and tree protection is required. MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference will be held at the City of Clearwater Municipal Services Building, Room 130 on Thursday, May 15, 2008 at 10:00 AM. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 So. Myrtle Ave., 3rd Floor, Oearwater, Florida 33756-5520, until 1:30 P.M. on THURSDAY. MAY 29. 2008 and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for ALLIGATOR LAKE WETLAND CREATION AND STORMWATER TREATMENT PROJECT. A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available only to City pre-qualified contractors in the construction category of EXCAVATION/SITE WORK/CHANNEL STABLIZATION with a minimum pre-qualification amount 0($1.000.000.00. Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid this project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Contmctors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be interested as a possible subcontractor, supplier, etc., may purchase a "Subcontmctor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and pay items worksheet. A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater proj ects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, Florida George McKibben, Purchasing Manager (727) 562-4634 10 Section I.doc Page 1 of 1 Ftevised: 10/09/2007 SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: 'S ECTI 0 N II......................... ................................................... .................. ....................................... i 1 COPIES OF BIDDIN'G DOCUMENTS..........................................................................1 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS ..................................................................................1 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE.................................. 1 4 INTERPRET A TIONS AND ADDENDA .......................................................................2 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND ....................................................................................3 6 CONTRACT TIME ......................... ................................... ...... ...... ....................... ...... ..... 3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES .............................................................................................3 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT .........................................................3 9 S UBe 0 NTRA CTO RS ... ....... .......... ....... .......... ......... ... .............. ....... ..... ...... ......... ..... ....... 3 10 BID/PR 0 POS AL FORM................... ~. ...... ......................... ............... .... ........... ... ..... ......'.. 4 11 SUBMISSI ON OF BIDS ................................................................................................ ... 4 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS ....................................................5 13 REJECTION OF BIDS ....................................................................................................5 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER..............................................................................5 15 0 PENIN G OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES............................................ 5 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6 18 AWARD OF CONTRA'CT ...............................................................................................7 19 BID PROTEST .... ....... .... ... ...... .... ...... ....... ............ ..... .... ............. ... .... ............ ........... ...,... ... 7 20 TREN CD SAFETY A CT ......................................................... ........................................ 8 SectionlI.doc Revised: 5/11/2005 Section II - Instructions to Bidders 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available for the sum stated in the Advertisement for Bid from the Office of the Purchasing Manager. This amount represents reproduction costs and is non-refundable. A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. . Neither the City nor - the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others. 1.3 The City; in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre- qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758- 4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14) days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications andlor the Scope of the Work for identification of those reportS of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical SectionII.doc Revised: 5/11/2005 Section II - Instructions to Bidders data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing _ conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any - additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto- required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docwnents. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an Wlequivoca1 representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile transmission, to all parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. SectionIl.doc 2 Revised: 5/1 1/2005 Section II - Instructions to Bidders 4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximmn Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder 4as executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the - Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Commission, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. 6 CONTRACT TIME 6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed SectionII.doc 3 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section II - Instructions to Bidders Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract. Agreement to the City Commission, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Commission will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such - acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in the bid envelope provided with the bid documents. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the SectionII.doc 4 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section [1- Instructions to Bidders Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person du1y authorized to do so. Withdrawal ofa Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it wou1d not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15 OPENING OF BIDS 15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SectionH.doc 5 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section 11- Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, ifany, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the.sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. . (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. , (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. SectionIl.doc 6 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section II - Instructions to Bidders 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City - deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposal. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five business days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully Sectionll.doc 7 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section II - Instructions to Bidders coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five business days of receipt of that response hislher reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of hislher original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until. all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. SectionlLdoc 8 Revised: 5/11/2005 SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: S ECTI 0 N III ......... .............. .............. .... ............. ................ ....... ............... ....... ... .......... .......... ........ i GENERAL CONDITIONS .... ....... ... .... ... ..... .... .... ............... ..... ...... ... ........ .... ............ ......... .... ...... i 1 DE FINITI 0 N S ............................................................... ........... .... ... ........... ... ... ................ 1 2 PREL IMINAR Y MATTE RS ...... ................................. ................... ............. ........... ......... 4 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE............................. 4 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS.......... .... ......... ........ .............. ..... .............. ............ ................ 4 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMElNOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT..... .................. ..... ........ ................ ....... ............... ......... ............................. 4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ................... .............................................. ..... 5 PRECONSTRUCTlON CONFERENCE .................... .............. ....... .............. ........ ......... 5 2.4 2.5 3 3.1 3.2 4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS" INTENT .........................................................................5 INTENT ........................................................................................................................... 5 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES .................................................. 6 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS .... ............ .................................. ... ..... ......... .............. ... ...... ...... .... 6 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS.... ..................................................................................... 6 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................6 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES...................................... 7 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS....... ........ .......... ........ ........ .................................. ............. ............ 7 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 7 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND ............................... 7 5.2 INSURANCE .......... .......... ............ ......... ................. ................ ............. .... ....... ............ ..... 8 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE........................................................... 9 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE ..............................9 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE A UTOMOBILE liABILITY .................................................... 10 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................. 10 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................... 11 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 11 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT................................................................ 11 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 12 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 12 6.5 USE OF PREMISES ........................................................................................ .............. 13 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ...................................14 6. 7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ......................................... ..................................... ........ 14 6.8 PERMITS. ......... ................. ..... ............. ..... ...... ........... ........ ...... ...... ....... .............. ........... 14 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ..................................................................................... 15 6.1 0 EMERGENCIES ........ ............................ ...... ....... .............. ..... ........ ......... ......... ..... ......... 15 6.11 DRAWINGS....... ......... ...... ............................ ....... ...................... ......... ......... ................. 16 SectionlII.doc Revised: 5/09/2007 Section III - General Conditions 6.11.1 SHOP DRA WINGS AND SAMPLES........................................................................ 16 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRA WINGS............. ........................ ............. ........ ...... .............. ......... ..... 17 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS..... ............. ............... ...... ............ ..... ......... ..... .................... ......... 19 6.11.4 DELlVERABLES: ............... ........... ......... ..... ......... ......... ............. ................ .............. 20 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE........................... 20 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK.... ..................................................................................... 21 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION ............... ........... .................................................. ........ ...... .......... 21 7 OTHER WORK.. ........ .......... ..... ........... ....................... ................................................... 22 7 .1 RELATED WORK AT SITE............................... ........................ .................................. 22 7 .2 COORDINATION........................ ....................................................... .......................... 22 8 OWNERS RES PO NSIBILITY ........... ................................................ ............... ..... ....... 23 9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION............................................... 23 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENT A TIVE ................................. .......................................... ........ 23 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 23 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 23 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS ..................................24 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ........................................................................................24 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................... 25 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK .......................................................................................... 2S 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE...................................................................26 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE .................................................................... 26 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT........................ 26 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK..................... .................................. .............................................. 27 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT. TIME ....................................................................27 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE o F DE FECTIVE WORK... .... ..... ... ........ ...... ...... .... ........... ... ... .... ........ ........... ... ..... ........ 28 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION. ......... .................................. ......... ............................ .........28 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK... .......................... ............ ................. .................... ......... 29 13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK......................................................................... 29 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK......................................... 29 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 29 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ...................................................................30 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 30 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION .........................................31 14.1 APPLICA TIQN FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 31 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ............................................................... 31 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 32 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION.............. .................................. ......... ........ ............................ 32 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION ................. .... .......................... ....................................... ...... ........ 33 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAyMENT.................................................................... 33 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE................................................................... 33 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS .................................................. ............................................... 34 SectionlII.doc ii Revised: 9/26/2007 Section 11[..; General Conditions 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION..................................................... 34 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK. ......................................................................34 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINA TE....................................................................................... 34 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK. OR TERMINATE............................................ 36 16 D IS PUTE RESOLUTION .... ................................ .......................................................... 36 1 7 MISCELLANEOUS ...................................... .............. ......... ......... ............................... ... 36 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 36 17 .2 GIVING NOTICE.................................. ...... ............................. ........... ......... ................. 36 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM ..................................................................................................... 36 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 37 - 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ................................................................................. 37 17 .6 RENEWAL OPTION ..................................................................................................... 37 - SectionIll.doc Hi Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions 1 DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agreement The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Florida. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the.Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. SectionlII.doc Revised: 9/26/2007 Section II1- General Conditions Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. Day A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer or his duly appointed representative. Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. SectionlII.doc 2 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions Notice to Proceed A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida Person A natural person or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions ofthe Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Section Ill.doc 3 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. Underground F acUities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water . Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date ofthe Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor four copies of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. SectionIlI.doc 4 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of Owner or Engineer, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within twenty days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Engineer may schedule a conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonaoly be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Engineer. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regul~tions in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code (whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents) shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or Engineer, or any of their agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by Engineer. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be SectionIII.doc 5 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section IIl- General Conditions read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary Conditions, General Conditions, Drawings, Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any _ provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Engineer in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with theW ork affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 4 AVAILABiliTY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAilABiliTY OF LANDS Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so finnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at. the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify Engineer in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the SectionIIl.doc 6 Revised: 9/2612007 Section III - General Conditions contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities - shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the proj ect. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond, in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as SectionIII.doc 7 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. . The Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to the Owner. 5.2 INSURANCE Contractor shall purchase and maintain sUch liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) City of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in SectionIII.doc 8 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE Contract A ward Amount Contract A ward Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal InjuryJiabilities: Contract A ward Amount Contract A ward Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate SectionIII.doc 9 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles: Contract A ward Amount Contract A ward Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence Receipt and acceptance by the Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. The Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from the Owner. Lone:shore and Harbor Worker's ComDensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the SectionIlI.doc 10 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section IIl- General Conditions rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise . payable under any policy so issued. In addition, Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBiliTIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever Engineer shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of Engineer. Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner's normally approved holidays. At Owner's option, overtime costs may either be deducted from the Contractor's monthly payment request or deducted from the Contractor's retention prior to release of final payment or the Engineer may elect to receive a monthly check from the Contractor in the amount of the overtime costs. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $40.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, layout and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good SectionIlI.doc II Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as - otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND IIOR EQUALII ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Engineer and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a SectionlII.doc 12 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section II1- General Conditions direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to payor to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not - control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not payor employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction SectionIIl.doc 13 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and. shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. 6.8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. SectionIII.doc 14 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site;, and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Engineer may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the - weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to the Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 EM ERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or Engineer, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer SectionlIl.doc 15 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Docwnents have been caused thereby. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to docwnent the consequences of such action. 6.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, - materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approv~l of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of SectionlII.doc 16 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section II1- General Conditions submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the _ construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer at all times during the progress of the Project. The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the City Inspector for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As- Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the City Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The City's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 61017-6, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the City two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 61G17-6.002 Definition: (lO)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also know as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the City of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the City will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the City with the required As-Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the SectionIlI.doc 17 Revised: 9/2612007 Section III - General Conditions construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new - and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, I-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the City the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the City of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6 Standards The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61 G 17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the City to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. SectionIlI.doc 18 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1 Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part ofthis contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text - use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11 3 1 2 L . . . a' er amlng e 1m Ions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOP BANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe. of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs N OfT SectionIlI.doc 19 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section IIl- General Conditions WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above fonnat. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 00, and a text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.50, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. . 6.11.4 DELlVERABLES: The as-built survey shall be produced on vellum or bond material, 24n x 36n at a scale of 1 n=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital fonnat. Acceptable file fonnats include: DWG, DXF of a shape file. Please address any questions regarding fonnat to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Tom.MahonV@mvClearwater.com . 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereofby action ofthe elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". SectionlII.doc 20 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Engineer, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Engineer, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any ofthem to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this SectionIII.doc 21 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section II1- General Conditions paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any ofthem. 7 OTHER WORK 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own forces, or let other direct contracts therefore which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to Contractor - prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) Contractor may make a claim therefore if Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Contractor or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. Should the Contractor cause damage to any other contractor on the Project, the contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such contractor by agreement or arbitration, if he will so settle. If such other contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend such proceedings at his own expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom the Contractor shall payor satisfy the judgment and pay all costs incurred by the Owner. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's work depends upon work performed by others under this Article. Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.2 COORDINATION If Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless SectionIIl.doc 22 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBiliTY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. Owner shall furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The - Work. Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. The Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and the responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on Owner and Contractor.. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the SectionlII.doc 23 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section IlI- General Conditions Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Engineer in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Engineer and the other party within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Engineer allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). Engineer will render a formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Engineer's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Engineer's decision is taken within thirty days of the Engineers decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between the Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Engineer's written decision is delivered by Owner or Contractor to the other and to Engineer within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor. When functioning as', interpreter and judge, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Engineer with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. SectionlII.doc 24 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBiliTIES Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Engineer will not be - responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Engineer's Consultants and assistants. 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Engineer covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective SectionIII.doc 25 Revised: 9/2612007 Section II1- General Conditions Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (Hi) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, hut during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract - Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized' adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, SectionIII.doc 26 ltevised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, the Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless Engineer allows an additional penod of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Engineer. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. SectionIII.doc 27 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all City Building Departments and City Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith,. and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at SectionIII.doc 28 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Engineer to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Engineer or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Engineer stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer, Contractor shall promptly, as directed,either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in SectionIII.doc 29 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions accordance with Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written - Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Engineer's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising SectionIII.doc 30 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Engineer and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Engineer may require the Contractor to produce for the Owner, within fifteen days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear ofliens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power. tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid SectionlII.doc 31 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions bills, of which Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by Owner to Contractor, and Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS Engineer will within twenty days after receipt of each Application for payment, either indicate a recommendation of payment and present Application to Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to the Owner. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Engineer because: (i) claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor immediate notice of refusal to pay with a copy to the Engineer, stating the reasons for such actions, and the Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by Owner at Owner's option of any substantially completed part ofthe Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time SectionIII.doc 32 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. . If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Engineer and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents as may be required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (I) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all" property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance SectionIII.doc 33 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section II1- General Conditions to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, - Engineer will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon Engineer will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, Owner shall, within sixty-five days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Engineer. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Engineer may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE , Upon the occurrence of anyone or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Engineer; SectionIlI.doc 34 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Engineer certifies in writing to Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent - they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work. as Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Engineer incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven days' written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause .and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. SectionllJ.doc 35 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within sixty days after it is submitted or Owner fails for sixty days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of the Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an - Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for thirty _ days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven day's written notice to Owner and Engineer stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Engineer subject to the approval of the Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have'been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM Should Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents SectionIIl.doc 36 Revised: 9/26/2007 Section III - General Conditions or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of the Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through Public Works Administration may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the City and the ContractorN endor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the City, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by Public Works Administration. SectionIIl.doc 37 Revised: 9/26/2007 City of Clearwater, Public Works Administration Alligator Lake Wetland Creation and Stonnwater Treatment Project City Project 99-0020-EN Technical Specifications, and Technical Special Provisions- Construction PARSONS 4925 Independence Parkway, Suite 120 Tampa, FL February 2008 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents: SECTION IV .. ....................................................................... ........................................ ........ ......... i TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS................. .............................................................................. i S CO PE 0 F WORK ..... ......................................_................................... ........ .... ........... .... 1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 1 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST .................................................................................. 2 LIN'E, GRADE AND RECORD DRA WlN"GS._.............................................................4 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ...............4 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY .................................4 D EFIN'ITI 0 N 0 F TERMS ... ............. .....................:............................................... ... .... .... 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK.................................................................5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK ..........................................................5 CON eRE TE ........................ ....................................................... ......................... ...... ........ 6 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK........................................... 7 EXCAVATION....... ....... ........ ................. ...... ........... ....................... .... .................... ......... 7 FORMS ...... ...... ....... ..... .... ................... ..... .................. ...... ...... ... ..... ... ........... ....... ......... ... 7 REINFO R CEMENT .......... ................ ................................... .... ................................ ........ 7 BASIS OF PAYMENT ........... .... .............. ................ ................. ................... ........ ........... 7 o BS TR U CTI 0 NS .. ..... .......... ....... ............................. ......... .................................. ......... .... 7 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT ............................................................................................ 8 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS ..................................................................8 12 D E WATERING .. ...................................... .................... .............. ..... ............. ..... ... .... ......... 9 13 S ANIT ARY MANH 0 L ES .. ..... ..... .............................. .................. ...... ........... ........... .... .... 9 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE .............................................................................................. .............. 9 13.2 PRECAST TYPE ......................................................... ................................................. 10 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS)......................................... 10 13.3 DROP MANHOLES ............ ............ ............ ....... ........ ....... ...... ......... ..... ..... ............. ..... 11 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS ............................................................................................ 11 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS .............................................................................................. 11 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ............................................................................. 11 14 BACKFILL .. ........ ......... .... ..... .... ..... ............................................. ... ................ ..... ............ 11 15 S TREET CROSS IN' GS, E TC. ............ ...... ... ......................... ....... ........ ......... .......... ........ 12 16 RAISING OR LOWERIN'G OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE S TR U CTURES ... .............. ...... ........... ................. .... ..... ..... .... .............. ......... ....... .... ... ...... 12 SectionIV.doc Revised: 5/1112005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ..................................................... ............................................. 12 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL .....................................................................12 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ......................... ..................................................... ........ 12 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ....... ........................................................................................... 12 18 UND ERD RAIN S ... ....... .... .............. ............... ..... ...... ... ... ................ ...... .......... ... ..... ..... .... 12 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 13 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................... 13 19 STORM SEWERS ....... ...... .... .......... ............ ........ ... ...... .... .... ... .............. ................. ........ 13 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 13 - 19 .2 TESTING .... ........ ........................... ........... ............... ...... ...... ..... .... .......... ............. ......... 14 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ..................................................................... ............................. 14 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS ..............................................................14 20.1 MATERIALS......... ......... ................ ............................. .................. ....................... ........ 14 20.1.1 GRA VITY SEWER PIPE........... ......... ..... ......... ................. ......... .......... ..... ............. 14 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE..... ........ ............... ........ ......... .................... .......... ....... ...... ..... 14 20.2 INSTALLATION .... ................. ........ ............... ....... ....... ......................................... ....... 15 20.2.1 GRA VITY SEWER PIPE..................... ..... ........... ....... ........ ........... ..... ............. ....... 15 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ................. ............ ........... .......... ........................................... 15 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS ...................................... ........................................ ............ ..... 15 20.4 TESTING ... ............................................................................................. .............. ........ 15 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITYSEWERS ........................................................................ 15 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS...................... ........ ..... ................. ....... ..... .............. 16 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ......................... ......................................................................... 16 20.5.1 GRA VITY SEWER PIPE.... ..... ...... ..... .... ......... ........ ...... ..... .............. ....... ............... 16 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE .............. ......... .................. ........ ...................... ...... ........ ........ 16 21 DRAIN' AGE .. ..... .... ....... ...... ... ... ... ......... .... ..... ..... ... ... .......... .... .... ............... ... ..... ........ ...... 16 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE ..........................................................................16 22.1 BASE ............................................. ................ ..................... ..... ......... ...... ........ .............. 16 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE.................... 18 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ...............................18 22.2 SUBGRAD E ......... .......................... ...................................... ........................................ 18 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT.. .............. .......... .............. ..... ............ ........... ...... ....... 19 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAyMENT........ ................................. ............ ..... .......... ........................ 19 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ...................................................................19 23.1 ASPHALTIC; CONCRETE ................................... ................. ............ ................ ........... 19 23.1.1 AGGREGATE................... ......... .............................. ............................................... 19 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS ........ ..... ....... .............. ... ........ ......... ........... .......... ...... 19 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE.................. ................... ......................................... ..... ......... 19 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES .................................................................... 20 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ............................... 20 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ....................................................21 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .............................................................. 21 SectionlV.doc ii Revised: 5/1112005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 23.6.1 CRA CKS.......... .................. ...... ....... .................................... ...... ... .......................... 21 23.6.2 POTHOLES....................... ........... ...... ...... .................................................... ......... 22 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ...............................................................................22 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ......... ..... ........ ............ .................... ...... 22 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ..................................................................... 23 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ....................................................................................... 23 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT .................................................................................................. 24 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT .................................. 24 2S GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATI ONS .............................................................. 24 25.1 IRRIGATION ... ............. ......... ................... ......................... ...... ............ ........... ........ ...... 24 - 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION ..... ................. ........ ......................... .............................................. 24 25.1.2 PRODUCTS....... ................ ........... ....... .................. .......................... ..................... 26 25.1.3 EXECUTION............. ................. ......... ........................................ ......... ................. 30 25.2 LANDSCAPE...................................................... ......................................................... 33 25.2.1 GENERAL........................................ ..................................................................... 33 25.2.2 PRODUCTS ................................. ......... ...................... .......................................... 38 25.2.3 EXECUTION......................................................................................................... 41 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING.................~............_...................48 26.1 INTENT ...... ...... .......... ..... ..... ...... .................... ...... .............. ....... ..... ............. .................48 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITy........................ 48 26.3 MATERIALS ........................................ ... ..... ........ ....... ..... ... ....................... ........ ..... ..... 48 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ...... ................... ............. .............. ................ 49 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION. ............ .............................. ............ .... ........ .................... 49 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION......... .... ..... ....... ....... .......... ....... .................. ........................... 50 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ............................................. ........................................ 50 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 50 26.9 PAYMENT ...... ............ .......... ..... .......... ...... ................. ..... ........................................ ..... 50 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ...........................................................................................50 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 51 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT .................................................................................................. 51 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................51 2 9 CONe RETE CURBS .. ..... .... .... ........................................ ................. ...................... ....... 51 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ......................................................................................51 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT... ............ ............. ................ ........ .......... ........................ ............ 51 30 CONCRETE .SIDEWALKS AND DRIWWAyS.........................................................52 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS ........ ...................... ...... ....... ..... .......... ...... .............. ............. 52 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS.. ..... ........ ......... ...................................... ...... ..................... 52 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 52 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ........................................................................................... ....... 52 31 SOD DING ..... .............. ...... .............. .................. ... .......... .................. ... ................... .......... 52 32 SEEDING .............. ......................................................... ............ ............... ........ ..... .......... 53 SectionIV.doc Hi Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES .............................. .......... ....... ................ .... ............. ................................ 53 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 53 33.2 PRECAST TYPE ......... ..... ........... ...... ...... ................ ......... .......... ........... ...... ................. 54 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ....... .... ..... ............... ..... ...... ...... ..... ........ ...................... ........ ....... 54 34 MATERIAL U SED ... ....... ................ ........ ......... ...... ... ... ............ ..... ........... ............... ..... ... 54 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ...................................... 54 36 S TRE E T SIGN S ....... .......... ... ..... ..... .... ......................... ........ ........ .................... ... ........ .... S4 37 A UDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREAS ................................................................. S5 _ 37.1 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREA SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE CITY. 55 37.2 AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE OF ALL WORK AREAS SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE CONTRACTOR.. .......................... ....... .................... ....................................... ............. 55 37.2.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE......................................... 55 37.2.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE........................................................... 55 37.2.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS.. .................. .............. ..... .............. ....... ...... 55 37.2.4 EQUIPMENT.... ........ .... ...... ...... ..... ..... .... ... ............ ................... ................. ....... .... 55 37.2.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO................................................................ 55 37.2.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO .................................................................55 37.2.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION...... ...... .............. .......... .......... ......... ..... ......... ........ ......... 56 37.2.8 LIGHTING............................................................................................................ 56 37.2.9 SPEED OF TRA VEL .... ............... ....... .......... .............. .......... .................. ........... .... 56 37.2.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX............ ................ ............................. ...... ........ ............... ....... 56 37.2.11 AREA OF CO VERA GE ............ ......... ..... ......... ................ .... ......... ....... .......... ........ 56 37.2.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES............................................................................. 57 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ...................................................................57 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................. 57 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES .............................57 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS .................................... 57 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES.. ......... ......... .................................................... 57 38.5 SED IMENTATION BASINS............... .................................. ....................................... 57 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES.............;......... 58 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS ....................................................................58 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 58 38. 9 MAINTENANCE......... ........... ..... ................................... ...... ................................ ....... 58 38.10 COMP LIANCE........ ..................... ...... ..................... ........................................ ............. 58 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING .......................................................'..........62 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE.................... 62 41 WATER MAINS AND APPURTENAN CES.................................................................63 41.1 SCOPE................................. ............ .... ............. .............. ..... ....... ................ .......... ........ 63 41.2 MATERIALS............. .................. ............................................................ ..................... 63 41.2.1 GENERAL ............................ ...... ......... ........... ...... .......... ..... .............. ..... ........... .... 63 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS ..................................................................... 63 41.2.3 GATE VALVES. ..................... ...... ........ .......... ....... ...... ......... .......... ...... ........... ....... 65 SectionIV.doc iv Revised: 5/1l/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES.................... ............ ...................................................................... 65 41.2.5 llYDRANTS ............................................................. .................. ............................ 65 41.2.6 SER VICE SADDLES........... ............................................ ...................................... 66 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS.................................................................. 67 41.2.8 BA CKF'LOW pREVENTERS....... ............ ....................... ....................................... 67 41.2.9 TAP PING SLEEVES..................... ................................................... ..... ................. 68 41.2.10 BLOW OFF llYDRANTS ...................................................................................... 68 41.3 CONSTRUCTION ............ ........................................ ................. ......... ................. ......... 68 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING.............. ........ ................................ ................................. 68 41. 3.2 PIPE LAyING.................................. ............ ......................................................... 68 41.3.3 SETFING OF VALVES, llYDRANTS AND FI1TINGS ......................................... 70 _ 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES................................................................ 70 41.4 TESTS ................ .............. ...... .......... .................................. ........................................... 71 41.4.1 llYDROSTATIC TESTS ......................................................................................... 71 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST ............. ................................................................. ........ .......... 71 41.5 STERILIZATION ... ......... ........ ..... .................. ................... ........... ........ ....... ........ ......... 71 41.5.1 STERILIZING A GENT..................................................... ..................................... 71 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM ......................................................................................... ... 71 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE................................ ........... .......................... ...... 71 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS............................................................................ 71 41.5.5 BA CTERlAL TESTS................................. ............................................................. 72 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 72 41.6.1 GENERAL ...................................... .......... ................. ............................................ 72 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS ........................................................... 73 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS ................................................................... 73 41.6.4 FURNISHANDINSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS............................................ .................................................................... 73 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIREllYDRANTS....................................................... 73 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFI CATIONS .............................................................................. 74 43 TENNIS COURTS .... ................ ... ................ .................. .......... ... ........ ... ............ ............. 74 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS........................................................................................... 74 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS ................................ ............... ......... .................... ................. 74 43.1.2 BASE COURSE ........................................ ............... ............... ....... ............... .~....... 74 43.1.3 PRIME COAT.... ................................................... ............ ......... ............. ............... 74 43.1.4 LE VELING COURSE........................... ................................................................. 74 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE............. .................................................... ...... ....................... 74 43.1.6 COLOR COAT................................................................................ ...... ........... ...... 75 43 .2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS ........ ......... ..... .............. ................. .................. ........ ...... ........ 76 43.2.1 GENERAL............ ............................. .................................................................... 76 43.2.2 SITE PKEPARATION........................... .......................................... ....................... 77 43.2.3 SLOPE................................................................................................................... 77 43.2.4 BASE CONSTR UCTION................... .................................................................... 78 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING......................... .............................................................. 78 43.2.6 SURFA CE COURSE....................... .............. ........................................................~ 78 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER ............. .................................................................. .................... 78 43.2.8 FENCING.............................................................................................................. 79 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS............................... ..................................................................... 79 Section IV .doc v Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT.......................................................... ................................ 79 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE......... .............. ......... ..... ................................. ....... .............. 81 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) .............. ............. ..... ............ ......... ................. ............ 81 43.2.13 CONCRETE ............ ....... .... ........... .................................. .............. ...... ... ... .... ........ 81 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING................................................. 81 43.2.15 WATER COOLER..... ........... ......... ............ ....... ...... .................. .............................. 82 43.2.16 DEMONSTRA.TION ....... ........... ............ ............................. ..... .... ................. ......... 82 43.2.17 WARRANTY............... .... ........... ........ ..... ...... ............. ........................................ ..... 82 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ..........................................................................83 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL .........83 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ..............................................................83 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY ...... .......................... ........................ ............. ... ................. 83 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ............. ..... ..................................................... 84 44.3.1 ALL ROAD WAyS............... ..................... ...... ..... ........ ............... ........ ............. ........ 84 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS ................. 84 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS ......................................................... 84 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS.... .......... ...... ........ .... ....................... ......... :...... ...... ...... .... ...... 84 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................... 85 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 85 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................. 85 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR............ 85 4S CURED- IN- PLACE PIPE LININ G ...................................................................... ........ 86 45.1 INTENT .... ................................ ......... ...................................................... ..................... 86 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 86 45.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 86 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION .................................................................... 86 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION........ .................. ......... .............................................. ...... 87 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................ .................................................................. 87 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION .. ....................... .................................. .......................... 87 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION .......................................................................................87 45 .9 PAYMENT........................................................................................... ......................... 88 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING .....................................88 46.1 MATERIALS............................ ............................................ ............. ........................... 88 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS. ..... ................... ........;.. .............. ............................. ........ .... 88 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL...... ..... .......................... .............. ...... .............. ......... ............ 88 46.1.3 SAMPLES.............................................................................................................. 88 46.1.4 REJECTION.. ........ ... .......~...... ......... ..... ......... ........ ... ... ........ .................. ... ....... ...... 89 46.2 PIPE DIMEl'J'SIONS........................................................ ............................................. 89 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES ............................. ...... ......... .................... ................. 89 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE... ........... ............... ......... ...... ..................... .......................... 89 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS.................................................................... 89 46.3. 3 PIPE JOINING...................................................................................................... 89 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE ............................................................................. 89 46.4 S LIPLINING PROCEDURE.............. ............................................................ ........ ...... 89 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS...................................................... 89 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION...... ....... .................. ............................. ............... 90 SectionIV.doc vi Revised: S/ll/200S Section IV - Technical Specifications 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS........................................................... 90 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE UNER................................................................................ 90 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES....................................................................... 91 46.4.6 UNDERDRAlN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED................................................ 91 46.4.7 BACKFILliNG ................................................................ ....................... .............. 91 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR ......................... ............................................. ....................... ........ 91 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS ................................................................................... 91 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE ......................91 47.1 SCOPE ... ................. ......... .......................... ......... ..... ........ .............................. ..... .......... 91 47.2 MATERIALS ..... ............................................................................. ........................ ...... 92 _ 47.3 PIPE ............................................................... .................................. ............................. 92 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM ... ............... ........... .................. ......................... .......... .................... 92 47.5 FIITIN GS ......... ............ ................. ................................................................ ........ ....... 92 48 GUNITE SPECIFI CA TI 0 N S .................._............. ................ ............................... ... ..... 92 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT................................................................................. 92 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE ................. 92 48.3 COMPOSITION . ..... ......... ...... ............. ............................. ...... ........ ......... .......... ..... ... ... 93 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS ....... ............ ............ ................. ........ ............... ........... 93 48.5 MATERIALS ......... ............ ....... ....... ... ................. ... ........ .......... ........ ....... ........ ..... ........ 93 48.6 WATER ........ ..................... ........ ................ ............... ... ... ..... .......... ...................... ...... .... 93 48.7 REINFORCEMENT ...................................... ..... ............. .................. ......... .................. 93 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS .......................................................................................94 48. 9 SURFACE PREPARATION ... ............. .......... ........ .......... ...... ............ .......... ....... .......... 94 48.1 0 PROPORTIONING..... ........ .................... ............ ............. .......... ...... ..... ......... ...... ......... 94 48.11 MIXING ............. ............... ..... .......... ........... ....... ....... .......................... ........ ........... ....... 94 48.12 APPLICATION ...... ........... ......;............ ......... ...... ...... .................... ................. ............... 95 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ............ ............................... .......... ....... ........................ ..... 95 48.14 SURFACE FINISH ....................................................................................................... 95 48.15 CURING ............... .................. .......... ...... ............... ........ .................. ..... ..... ................... 96 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION...................................................................... 96 48.17 INSPECTION... ........... ......... ......... ..... ........ ............ ...................... ................................ 96 48.18 EQUIPMENT... .......... .............. ....... ........ ....... ........................... ..... ............................... 96 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ........................... 97 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT ................................ ............................ ..................................... 97 49 .2 PAYMENT ..... ... ...... ...... ..... .... ..... ..... ...... ................. ........ ..................... ........... ...... ........ 97 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS ............................................................................97 49.3.1 MATERIALS........... ............................................................................................... 97 49.3.2 INSTAL{.ATION AND EXECUTION..................................................................... 98 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SySTEM................................................. 98 49.4.1 MATERIALS ............ .......... .................................................................................... 99 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL.. ............. .......... ......................... ...... ...... ................ .......... 99 49 .6 GROUTING MIX ....... ...... ......... ..... ...... ......... ......... ............................ ...... ....... ........ ..... 99 49.7 LINER MIX ....................... ......... ........... ......... ................. ........... ...... ............................ 99 49 .8 WATER ............. ............. ..... ...................... .................. ............ ....... ..................... ........ 100 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ....................................................... ................ .............. ........... 100 49.1 0 EQUIPMENT...... ............ .......... .......... ..... ...... ............................. ........... ..... ................ 100 Section IV. doc vii Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....................................................................... 101 49.11.1 PREPARATION............... ........................................ ............................................ 101 49.11.2 MIXING................................,.............................................................................. 101 49.11.3 SPRAYING. ...................................... ....................... ....... ..................................... 101 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING....... ................... ................. .................... ........................... 102 49.11.5 CURING........... ................ .......... ................. ........... ...................................... ....... 102 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ......................................................102 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... 102 49.12 .1 SCOPE .... ................................................................ ............................................ 102 49.12.2 MATERIALS .......................... ....................... .... ....................... ............. ....... ........ 102 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION................................................................... 105 SO PROJECT INFORMATIONS I GNS ................ ............................ ............................... 107 50.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ...... ...................... ............ ..... ............................................... 107 50.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE .................................,............. 107 50.3 FIXED SIGN.... ............... ""'"'''''''''' .......... ................................... ............... ........ ....... 107 50.4 PORTABLE SIGNS .............................................. ................. ............................... ...... 107 50.5 SIGN COLORING ....................... ....................................................... .................... .... 107 50.6 SIGN PLACEMENT .................................................................................... ..... ......... 108 50.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ................ ................ ............. ................................................ 108 50.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN ........................................................ ........ ....... ................. 108 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM ............................................................108 51.1 SCOPE............... ............. ............ ............................ ...... ..................... ......................... 108 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ............................... ...................................................... 109 51.2.1 ASPHALT.............................................................. .............................................. 109 51.2.2 CONCRETE....................................................................... ................................. 109 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MDL......................................................................... 109 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ......................................................... 109 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE.......................................................... 109 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION.... ................ ................................................... .............. 110 51. 6 PLAYING LINES ...... .......... ....... ..... ........................... ........... ...................... ............... 110 51.7 GENERAL ...... ..... ......... ...... ........ ................ ...... ............ ........ ....................... ............... 110 51.8 LIMITATIONS ............... ........ ............. .............................. .................. ............. ...... ..... 110 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION ..........................111 52.1 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CITY ........................................... 111 52.2 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR ......................... 111 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES ................................................................................. 112 53.1 MATERIAL .................. .................................... .......... ......... ....................................... 112 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL.................................................. 112 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: ..............................................115 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE ..... ........... ......... .............. ......... ..... ........... ....... ........ ................ 115 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC. ............... ...................... ...... ..... ......... ..... .......... .............. 115 53.2 PERFORMANCE ...........................,............................... .............. .............................. 115 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................... 116 54.1 SCOPE..... ...... ..... ............................ ............ ...... ............ ........... ......................... .......... 116 SectionIV.doc viii Revised: 5/1 \12005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK........................................................................................ 117 54.3 WORK METHODS .................................................................................................... 117 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING............................................................ ............ 117 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT............................................... ............................. 117 54.4 LITTER ......... ...... ...... ................. ...................... ........... ................. ............... ........... ..... 117 54.5 VISUAL CHECK. ..................................... ................ ............... ......... ............... ........... 117 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING .......................................................... 117 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)..... 118 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL ................. .......................................... ............. .......................... 118 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL. ........ ................................. ...... ..... .......................... ................. 118 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY ............................................................................................ 118 - 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION .......................................................................................... 118 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA......................................................... 118 - 54.13 MULCH CONDITION ............................................................................................... 118 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR .................................................................... 119 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL..................................................... 119 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION ................................................. ........................................... 119 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION ............................................................................................ 119 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE ................................................................................................. 119 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK.............................................................. .......................... 119 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL....... ........ ................. ........... ............................ ........ 120 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS............. ........... ........... ............ ............... .............. ............... 120 5S MILL IN G OPERATIONS ...... ............. ....... ...................... .......... ... ..... ......... ... ... .......... 120 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE ...................................... 120 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................... 120 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS ....... ....................................................... ................... 121 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS .......................................................... ........................... 121 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ..................121 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES............................................................. 122 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING .......... ...................................................................................... 122 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS .............................................................................. 122 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ............................................................ ............. ........... 122 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................... ............................. 122 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ...................................................................................122 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................. ........... ....................... 123 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................. ................... 123 57 RIPRA P ... ..... ..... ...... ... ... .... ................. .......... ................... .... ........................... ... ..... ........ 123 57.1 BASIS OF ~ASUREMENT .................................................................................... 123 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT...... ............ .............. ................... ............ ............ ....... .............. 123 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY ................................................................................ 123 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL ... ............... ..... ................ .......... ......,............ ......................... 123 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................124 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS........................................... 124 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT.......................................................124 SectionIV.doc ix Revised: 5/1112005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 60 SIGNING AND MARKING .........................................................................................124 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 125 61 ROAD WAY LI GHTIN G .............................................. ................................................ 125 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 125 62 TREE PROTECTION .................... .............. ...... ... ... ... ..... .......................... .... .... .... ...... 125 62.1 TREE BARRICADES ............................ ........................ .... .............. ........ .............. .... 125 62.2 ROOT PRUNING........... ..................... ......... ............ ........ ............... ~............... ........... 126 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING....... .................................. .......... ...... ....... ............. ........... 127 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES .............................................................................................. 127 - 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN ............................................................................................... 127 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ..................................................................... 128 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ..............................,........................ 128 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS................... ........................... ....... ........... .... ......... ............... 128 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS........... ............... ....... .................. ................................... ...... 128 63 .6 POSTING.............. ........ ......... ........ ........... ........... .............. ........ ....... .................... ...... 128 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES ........................................ ..................... ..... .... ...................... 128 SectionIV.doc x Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION Project Name: Alligator Lake Wetland Creation and Stormwater Treatment Project Project Number: 99-0020-EN Scope of Work: The Alligator Lake Wetland Creation and Stonnwater Management Project consists of construction of wetland areas and a stormwater management facility with landscaping and plantings. Project improvements include the following as shown in the Drawings: · Water control structures · Gravity Storm Sewers and Structures · Planted wetlands and floodplains · Planted uplands · Exotic species removal The project has been divided into several phases. To accomplish the construction of the improvements, clearing, grubbing, and some demolition will be required. Throughout construction, dewatering, drainage course relocation, gopher tortoise protection, maintenance, sediment and erosion control, and tree protection is required. SectionIV .doc Page I Revised: 5/] 1/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST Project Name: Alligator Lake Wetland Creation & Stormwater Treatment Project Project Number: 99-0020-EN The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X" as shown below: 1 I)< ScoDe Of Work 2.1 15< Line, Grade And Record Drawings - by Contractor 2.2 Line, Grade And Record DrawinlZs - bv City 3 15< Definition Of Terms 4 ~ Order And Location Of The Work 5 IX Excavation For Underground Work 6 ~ Concrete 7 Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work 8 Reinforcement 9 rx Obstructions 10 Restoration Or Replacement Of Drivewavs Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 ~ Work In Easements Or Parkways 12 I>< Dewatering 13 Sanitary Manholes 14 I)< Backfill 15 Street Crossings, Etc. 16 D Raising Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures 17 ~ Unsuitable Material Removal 18 Underdrains 19 IX Storm Sewers 20 Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains 21 IX DrainalZe 22 Roadway Base And Subgrade 23 Asohaltic Concrete Materials 24 Adiustment To The Unit Bid Price For ASDhalt 25 ~ General Planting SDecifications 26 D Hdpe Deformed - Reformed Pipe Lining 27 Plant Mix Driveways 28 Reoorting Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials 29 Concrete Curbs 30 Concrete Sidewalks And Drivewavs 31 ~ Sodding' 32 I>< Seeding 33 rgJ Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures 34 IXI Material Used 35 !2<J Conflict Between Plans And SDecifications 36 D Street Signs 37.1 1 AudioNideo TaDe Of Work Areas - by City SectionIV.doc Page 2 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 37.2 X AudioMdeo Tape Of Work Areas - bv Contractor 38 X Erosion And Siltation Control 39 Utility Tie In Location Marking 40 X Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee 41 Water Mains and Appurtenances 42 D Gas System Specifications 43 Tennis Courts 44 D Work Zone Traffic Control 45 ] Cured-In-Place Pipe Lining 46 D Specifications for Polyethylene Sliplinin~ 47 D Specifications for Po1vvinvl Chloride Ribbed Pipe 48 Gunite Specifications 49 SanitaIy and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration 50 X Proiect Information Si~ 51 In-Line Skatin~ Surfacin~ System 52..1 ~ Resident Notification of Start of Construction - by City 52.2 Resident Notification of Start of Construction - by Contractor 53 Gabions and Mattresses 54 Lawn Maintenance Specifications 55 D Millin~ Operations 56 ~ C1earin~ and Grubbing 57 ~ Riprap 58 Treatment Plant Safety 59 Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials 60 Signing And Markin~ 61 Roadway Lighting 62 X Tree Protection 63 D Proiect Web Pa~es TIME: DAYS SectionIV .doc Page 3 Revised: 5111/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 2 LINE, GRADE AND RECORD DRAWINGS 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR Benchmarks to be used shall be those as shown on the plans. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. Contractor shall submit cut sheets for all underground work 24 hours in advance of commencement of the work for checking. Checking of cut-sheets does not relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities for any errors or conflicts whatsoever. Cut sheets shall be submitted in triplicate. The Contractor shall provide three complete sets of Record construction drawings prior to final payment being made. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifications the following definition of terms shall apply: City City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, FL. Engineer The City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. or his authorized representative. Contractor The person. firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Inspector An authorized representative of the City Engineer of Clearwater, assigned to make official inspections of the material furnished and the work performed by the Contractor. F.D. 0. T. The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as Specifications issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). A.A.S.HT.o. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. A. Ws. American Welding Society SectionlV.doc Page 4 Revised: 5111/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications A.S. T.M American Society for Testing Materials A.S.A. American Standards Association A.N.S.I. American National Standards Institute A. w: W:A. American Water Works Association o.S.HA. Occupational Safety & Health Administration A. G.I. American Concrete Institute Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Estimated Quantities The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the.final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall.the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for SectionIV .doc Page 5 Revised: 5/1112005 Section IV - Technical Specifications excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the- accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. 6 CONCRETE Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3"to 5", except when admixtures or sp'ecial placement considerations are required. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement ofless than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion SectionIV.doc Page 6 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7.1 EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the sub grade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or sub grade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the dry". 7.2 FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 8 REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM AI85). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9 OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising frpm the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. SectionIV.doc Page 7 Revised: 5/1112005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T- 180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per linear foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per. square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 616 X 1 Oil 0 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on . any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre- SectionIV.doc Page 8 Revised: 5/1112005 Section IV - Technical Specifications construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 12 DEWATERING Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain _ firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large vohimes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. Th~ manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside bfmanholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. SectionIV.doc Page 9 Revised: 5/U/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimuni wall thickness of 5 inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by - the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Detail #302 Sheet 2 of 3. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) 1. All grade adjustments of manhole frame and cover assemblies shall be completed utilizing the following: High Density Polyethylene Grade Adjustment Rings - Comply with ASTM Standard D-1248 for recycled plastic. a. Material properties shall be tested and certified for usage by the following ASTM methods: b. Property Test Method Acceptable Value c. Melt Flow Index ASTM D1238 0.3 to 30 g / 10 min. d. Density ASTM D792 0.94 to 0.98 g / cm3 e. Tensile Strength ASTM D638 2.00 to 5 x 103 lb / in 2 f. Polyethylene adjusting rings shall not be used when they are exposed to heated hot mix asphalt pavement. g. Tapered configuration: When used in a single configuration tapered adjusting ring thickness will range from 0.5 inch to 3.0 inch. h. Grade adjustment rings are to be installed on clean flat surfaces according to the manufacturer's recommendations with the proper Butyl Rubber sealant/adhesives. SectionlV.doc Page 10 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 2. The inside diameter of the adjustment ring shall not be less than the inside diameter of the manhole frame. 3. Manholes shall be constructed with at least two adjustment rings. 4. Maximum height of adjustment ring stack: 12 inches max. for new manholes and 16 inches max. on existing manholes. 13.3 DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301. 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two coats of bitumastic black solution 300 M as manufactured by Koppers Company, Inc. or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with V2 inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry thickness of PRO CO EP 214351 Epoxi Mastic as manufactured by Protective Coatings Inc. 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling. 14 BACKFILL Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per linear foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. SectionlV.doc Page 11 Revised: 5/1112005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 15 STREET CROSSINGS. ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed. by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER. STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans _ or as indicated by the Engineer. 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off- site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall either be shown on the plans, or determined in the field by the Engineer in conjunction with the City's Materials Tester. 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 18 UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FOOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM 02412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 SectionIV.doc Page 12 Revised: 5111/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications described in FOOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM 03034 - SOR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe exceeds ASTM Specifications 01784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stiffuess of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM 02412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain - aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of linear feet of 8" Sub-drain in place and accepted. 18.2 BASIS OF PAYM ENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per linear foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS. All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941 of the current FOOT Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) SectionIV.doc Page 13 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 19.2 TESTING The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or ex filtration is excessive the Contractor at his own - expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (Le. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 12.5 feet. Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except. pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41. 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile SectionIV.doc Page 14 Revised: 5/1112005 Section IV - Technical Specifications iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 20.2 INSTALLATION 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNI B 5. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level SectionIV.doc Page IS Revised: 5/1 1/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltra- tion. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for one hour, as described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. 20.5 BASIS OF PAYM ENT 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per linear foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per linear foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 21 DRAINAGE The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. " 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and sub grade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 1 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. SectionIV.doc Page 16 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The sub grade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done - to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and sub grade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FOOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FOOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FOOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FOOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane Inter1ayer (ARM I) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. SectionIV.doc Page 17 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a minimum of300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. 5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 of FOOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in accordance with the applicable FOOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 6 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330-11, and for soil cement per Section 270-5 of FOOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (l/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All sub grade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is'found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract SectionIV.doc Page 18 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the sub grade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized sub grade. 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized sub grade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values - shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the - City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all S- Type Marshall Mix Design asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 919 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and metho~s of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials. shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality controVassurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons SectionIV.doc Page 19 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined bv the following: 1. Density per Section 330-11 of FOOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FOOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of W' or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of W' or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Protect Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FOOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the commencement of the paving operation. NO RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT (RAP) MATERIAL SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MIXES. 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence oeConstruction) . COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) ~ THICKNESS (Inches) Type ~-I Type S-I with Type S-III FC-3 Type S-III Type S-I Type S-III with FC-3 with FC-3 Top Layer Top Layer Top Layer 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1 1 1 lYz EIz SectionlV.doc Page 20 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 2 1~ % * 1 1 2Y2 1~ 1~ 112 1 1Yz 1 3 112 112 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-III is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: 1. Type S-III shall be limited to the fmal (top) structural layer (one layer only). 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of sections 331 and 337 - of FOOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S-III per Section 331 of FOOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An FC-3 friction course pet" section 337 of FOOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FOOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. SectionIV.doc Page 21 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 23.6.2 POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and. appurtenances shall - be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturers specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each nser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer c1eanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over, It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. SectionIV.doc Page 22 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Broom Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FOOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be W' above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections A through H above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FOOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition). 2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FOOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FOOT's Standard SpecificationS (latest edition). , 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. . SectionlV.doc Page 23 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in _ accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FOOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FOOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FOOT's internet site. The address is: http://wwwll.myflorida.com.Itis under the section "Ooing Business with FOOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For additional information, call. FOOT @ 850-414-4000. 3. The FOOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FOOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FOOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 25.1 IRRIGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. S. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turfllandscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be SectionIV.doc Page 24 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion ofthe project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. . B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the contractor. D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be SectionlV.doc Page 25 Revised: 5/ll!2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by.the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 21N. AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: SectionIV.doc Page 26 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non-Shock Safe- T-Shear Stem 5. Safe- T-Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2Yz" IN. AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 200 lb. a.w.G 3. Cast Iron body -ASTMA 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemica1lUV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. , D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal LD. tags numbered to match drawings. SectionlV.doc Page 27 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36- T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (lO") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (112") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (1.0.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be 7". B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3' -5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zope area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIRlVACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an AirNacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. SectionIV.doc Page 28 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high- impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 25.1.2.1 0.6 FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be - constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller .shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS SectionlV.doc Page 29 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK. Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.13 lATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird D~ PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, ofEFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION 25.1.3~1 GENERAL INSTAllATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confmn the manner by which it relates to the installation. SectionIV.doc Page 30 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFilLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING. GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. - Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFilLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than Y2 in. C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 ofFDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. , 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. SectionlV.doc Page 31 Revised: 5/1l/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 25.1.3.3 INSTAllATION 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not per'mit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: Section IV. doc Page 32 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior to installation. 25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. 25.2 LANDSCAPE 25.2.1 GENERAL 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal, Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and Special Conditions when required. 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having SectionlV.doc Page 33 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contrac,ted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non..,compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or aff(::cts the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. SectionlV.doc Page 34 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of - bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natUral, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. CT: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. CW: Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. STTR.: Straight trunk. MIN: Minimum. GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O.C: On center, distance between plant centers. SectionIV.doc Page 35 Revised: 5/1112005 Section IV - Technical Specifications DIA.: Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-112 feet above grade. CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up. to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. B&B: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. PPP: Plants per pot. FG: Field grown. STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be lmown as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner So Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly lmown as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 25.2.1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. SectionIV.doc Page 36 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than 1 foot diameter of ball to every I inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. - Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS 25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations. SectionIV.doc Page 37 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written - request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALs: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species. as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). SectionIV.doc Page 38 Revised: 5111/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with. certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. Section IV .doc Page 39 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications B. Install mulch to an even depth of3" before compaction. 25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for _ all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be I: 1 or 2: 1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than ~ the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (Le. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two - %" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1". C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 - 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or SectionIV.doc Page 40 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. 25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at 4 - 12 feet above grade. 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines..and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas SectionIV.doc Page 41 Revised: 5/1112005 Section IV - Technical Specifications adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over I - Yz inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the . excavated material off the site. 25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native sub grade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub- grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches. C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. . D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to Sf. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil. SectionlV.doc Page 42 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 INSTAllATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well- drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant SIzes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (Le. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: SectionlV.doc Page 43 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each !h" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper grade Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed-free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. 1. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod. edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-112 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. SectionIV.doc Page 44 Revised: 5/1 \12005 Section IV - Technical Specifications E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface. to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x. 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two % inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimmn 6 inches of non-mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. Section IV .doc Page 45 Revised: 5/1l/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess - soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning oflandscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under Section IV. doc Page 46 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications the Contmct. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's - Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. 25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contmctor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contmctor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No SectionlV.doc Page 47 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 25.2.3.5 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant _ shall be given the equal amount of warranty. 26 HOPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTAllER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 26.3 MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR .32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTMMethod Value HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi SectionIV.doc Page 48 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field - samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at 5-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-800-344-3744 or approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification andlor equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. " 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. SectionIV.doc Page 49 Revised: 5111/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. - OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 26.7 lATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 26.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per linear foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough to . allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. SectionIV.doc Page 50 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replace ment shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS The State of Florida has imposed strict requirements on Solid Wastes Handlers to decrease the generation of solid waste products and in particular to increase the amount of recycle products. In this regard, the City is required to determine the monthly total tonnage of all construction debris which is recycled in this contract. A recycled material is any material reused in any manner which diverts its alternative disposal to a publicly assessable landfill or by incineration. If a material, such as clean earth, is not normally disposed to a landfill or incineration, then it is not to be considered a recyclable material. The Contractor is required to include in each request for payment the total tonnage of materials which were recycled by the contractor during the contract period for which the payment request is made. Any cost to the contractor for the development and submittal of this information is to be included in the contract items provided in the original contract proposal. 29 CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be linear feet of curb in place and accepted. 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. SectionlV.doc Page 51 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the - welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6,' 7, and 8 shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6/6 X 1011 0 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted sub grade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 31 SODDING " Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod SectionIV.doc Page 52 Revised: 5/1 \12005 Section IV - Technical Specifications that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, _ equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the - Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 33 STORM MANHOLES. INLETS. CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in aismooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of concrete base. SectionIV.doc Page 53 Revised: 5/1112005 Section IV - Technical Specifications The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, . the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and. top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using 0 ring between precast sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 34 MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Whenever a conflict appears between the plans and specifications, the more stringent requirement shall apply. If a conflict is of such a nature as to require a decision, then a written request for clarification must be made prior to starting that phase of construction. 36 STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. SectionIV.doc Page 54 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 37 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREAS 37.1 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREA SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE CITY This project will not require the preparation of an audio/video tape of work areas by the Contractor. 37.2. AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF ALL WORK AREAS SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE CONTRACTOR 37.2.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO TAPE Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video tape - recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of a pre-construction conditions. 37.2.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO TAPE The video recordings shall not be made more than 21 days prior to construction in any area. 37.2.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video tape documentation. 37.2.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio videotape coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 37.2.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO Each tape shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each videotape shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.2.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time SectionlV.doc Page 55 Revised: 5/1112005 Section IV - Technical Specifications information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. 37.2.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed lO feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. 37.2.8 LIGHTING All taping shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 37.2.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed 44 feet per minute. 37.2.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering surveyor coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 37.2.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, SectionIV.doc Page 56 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at anyone time. 37.2.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise - authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer before installation. 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. SectionlV.doc Page 57 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent - waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land. alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: a. No more than 400 linear feet of trench shall be open at anyone time; b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. 38.10 COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order". SectionIV.doc Page 58 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 607 are examples of accepted methods that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. SectionlV.doc Page 59 Revised: 5111/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Public Works Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosion into the City's streets. storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets. storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place. a Planning & Development Services Inspector or a Public Works Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: 1st occurrence Warning 2nd occurrence $32 reinspection fee 3rd occurrence $80 reinspection fee 4th occurrence Stop work order Dependent on the severity of the erosion. the City's Public Works Administration Department may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However. erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a Public Works inspector on any particular site. please contact Construction at 462-6126 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Public Works Administration with specific questions at 562-4750. SectionIV.doc Page 60 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF EROSION VIOLATION UNDER SECTION 3-701 (DIVISION 7 - EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE. Warning $32.00 Reinspection Fee $80.00 Reinspection Fee Stop Work Order CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727562-4741 & PUBLIC SERVICES/CONSTRUCTION 727 462-6126 DATE POSTED: Inspector's Name: Received by: (Signature indicates only a copy of this notice has been received and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt or concurrence with findings of the inspector.) Inspector's Signature: IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED SectionlV.doc Page 61 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section IV - Technical Specifications 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be 6" x 3" and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4" X 2" and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written notice to proceed, which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 _ General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within consecutive calendar ~ays. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Assistant Public Services Director, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Three Hundred Twenty Dollars ($320.00) per eight-hour day for each Inspector given such assignment. SectionIV.doc Page 62 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. 41 WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES 41.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of water mains and appurtenances including clearing,- excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modem design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSIJAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure (In.) (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" " 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSIJ A WW A C 151/ A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSIJAWWA CI04/A21.4 80 or latest revision. SectionlV.doc Page 63 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4" through 8" shall be in accordance with ANSI!AWWA C900 81 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: - Size Dimension Ratio Rated Water Working Pressure Laying Length (OD/Thick.) (PSI) (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than 8" shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4" through 8" when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4" and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with an insulated 12 gauge A.W.G solid strand copper wire wound around the pipe forming one complete spiral per joint of pipe. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by methods approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from 4" through 16" in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI!AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI! A WW A C 153/ A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSI!AWWA CI04/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI!AWWA Clll1A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI!AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant ronout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. SectionIV.doc Page 64 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed. 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated. Valves three inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2 inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for - the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Smaller than two inch: Gate valves less than two inches in diameter shall be of brass and shall conform to Federal Specification WW V 54, Type 1 or 11 with screwed joints. Valves for interior piping shall be Type 11, wedge disc, rising stem, inside screw type. Valves for buried service shall be Type 1, wedge disc, nonrising stem. Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16 inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves in conformance with ANSIJA.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509 80 or latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistent bronze nonrising stem with 0 ring bonnet seal and internal cast iron parts coated with corrosion resistent coating. Larger than sixteen inch: Gate valves larger than 16" shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be iron body, bronze mounted, double disc type with 0 ring seals. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by pass. 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. 41.2.5 HYDRANTS Fire hydrants used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater water system shall be the following hydrants: . Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, . Mueller Centurion Fire Hydrant Catalog Number A 423 SectionIV.doc Page 65 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications . U.S. Pipe Metropolitan No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above fire hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision oftheAWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: . 1. Basic design will be the dry barrel type which prevents the operating threads from coming in contact with the service water. It will be of UJe compression type, opening against the pressure and closing with the pressure. 2. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and - bottom with an "0" ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 3. Hydrant barrel will be of the "Breakable Type" made in two sections with the flange or break feature located approximately 2" above the ground line. 4. Main valve opening of the hydrant will be not less than 5 1/4". 5. Hydrant nozzles will consist of two 2 1/2" hose nozzles and one 4 1/2" pump nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. 6. The hydrant will be so designed to permit the removal of all working parts from the hydrant up through the barrel without disturbing the earth around the hydrant or disassembling the barrel. 7. Main valve seat will be made of bronze and threaded into a bronze retaining ring. Or it may be threaded into a heavy bronze bushing in the hydrant base. 8. Hydrant will be designed with an anti friction bearing so located that it will reduce the torque required to operate the hydrant. 9. There will be a minimum of two bronze or brass drain outlets. 10. Hydrants shall be painted with one coat of primer and one coat of yellow paint at the factory and one finish coat of yellow paint after installation. All paints shall comply with AWWA Standard C502-85 or its latest revision. 11. The main valve stem will be made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 12. Hydrants shall be left open (counter clockwise) and shall have a National Standard 11/2" pentagon operating nut. 13. Hydrant base outlet will be 6" and will be mechanical joint with fittings. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All fire hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4" P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on 4" main shall be 1 1/2". Service saddles shall be used on all 2" service SectionIV.doc Page 66 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications connections to 6" and larger mains. Service saddles shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 41.2.7 1. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or- unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 78 or its latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed are: 1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. Since installed devices must be tested annually and may be maintained by the City of Clearwater, following are the approved models of devices allowed for installation by customers of the City of Clearwater Water Distribution system: '. DOUBLE CHECK VALVE 2" and Smaller Lal'ller than 2" Conbraco 40100 Conbraco 40 100 Hersev Beeco Model FDC Hersev Beeco No.2 Watts Model 709 or 007 Watts Model 709 or 007 FEBCO Model 805Y Ames 2000 SS SectionlV.doc Page 67 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications REDUCED PRESSURE TYPE 2" and Smaller Lar~er than 2" Ames 5000 SS Conbraco 40200 Conbraco 40200 Hersev Beeco Model FRP II Hersey Beeco Model 6CM FEBCO Model 825Y Watts Model 909 or 009 Watts Model 909 or 009 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412; Clow Corporation 3460; or - equal. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4" bronze test plug. 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs shall be box hydrants having a 2" main valve, closing with the water pressure. These flush mounted hydrants shall have a 2" FIP inlet, with the outlet being a 2 1/2" bronze male nozzle. With all working parts also of bronze, these hydrants will open to the left and have a removable bronze seat, which seals against a seat rubber of no less durometer than 85. All hydrants shall be as manufactured by Kupferle Foundry, St. Louis, Mo., Model #35B or approved equal. 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall belaid 'and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30" and a maximum of 42" below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. SectionIV.doc Page 68 Revised: 9/2'lJ05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.3.2.2 INSTAllATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective - repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipelaying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the j oint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe' is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSIJAWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. SectionIV.doc Page 69 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. The valve box shall not transmit shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6 inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, . caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans or specified in the field by the Engineer. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut'in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. SectionIV.doc Page 70 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of one hour. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater Water Division 48 hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 41.5 STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized. 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron" . 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the closest point available to the ends of the lines. 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. SectionIV.doc Page 71 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the Florida State Board of Health prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure final approval of the bacterial samples from the Florida State Board of Health before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL 1. Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. 2. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. 3. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: a) Clearing and grubbing b) Excavation, including necessary pavement removal c) Shoring and/or dewatering d) Structural fill e) Backfill t) Grading g) Tracer wire h) Refill materials i) Joints materials j) Tests and sterilization k) Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SectionlV.doc Page 72 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTAll WATER MAINS 41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, - materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation. 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTAll FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSIJAWWA CllO/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTAll GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTAll FIRE HYDRANTS 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust anchorage, 6 inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. SectionIV.doc Page 73 Revised: 9/22)05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS This article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOil TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's Office. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer. 43.1.3 PRIME COAT The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction". 43.1.4 lEVELING COURSE A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot straight edge. If a deficiency of more than W' exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed running North and South. Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will be approved. If a deficiency of more than W' exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. SectionIV.doc Page 74 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 43.1.6.1 MATERIALS Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured specifically for Tennis Court Application. All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. 43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION 43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials. Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use. After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix. No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play. The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for all other others. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. 43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. SectionIV.doc Page 75 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 Degree's F and rising. NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and lor the construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with sub-surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award of the Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES '. The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in conformance with the specifications and drawings. SectionIV.doc Page 76 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within fifty (50) feet ofthe site shall be provided. 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its - sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed. " 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed' and also utilized as sub-grade material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentation of any recycled materials. 43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (I) inch of the final sub-grade elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the fmal grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE 43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. SectionlV.doc Page 77 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 43.2.4.1 LINER Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows: a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one-quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade. 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be two and one-quarter (2-114) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub-surface irrigation system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of one-quarter (114) to one-half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The AqualHydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by more than one-eighth (1/8) inch. 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER Root barrier (goo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis courts. SectionIV.doc Page 78 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design Ameristar HT-25 or.prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published specification. 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2-l/2"Ameristar HT-25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT-25 pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages. 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges - Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-off type, and offset to permit 180-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-half (1-1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high- density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12) inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall ,be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court. 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven- eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support SectionIV.doc Page 79 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation. 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules ofthe USTA. 43.2.10.4 NET A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the - exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each comer. Basis of Design - Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc. 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 - 1/2) inches. Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with fence hook cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction" Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels. 8. Court Rake (1 each) - six-foot length aluminum. Section IV.doc Page 80 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana Bench 8" - 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., I-inch maximum size aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP The Contractor shall re-Iamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation ofthe electrical works. 43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the Contractor. Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight-(8) tennis courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite #104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887-0770 fax (336) 887-0771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information: Section1V.doc Page 81 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications Pole Tl existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T5 new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2 circuits Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. 43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits. New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating ofthe new light poles. 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series - water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal. 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project. SectionIV.doc Page 82 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and lor workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion. 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of two years from the day of completion. 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all. work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: . Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. . Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he proceeds through or around the work zone. . Reduce the con~equences of an out of control vehicle. . Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. . Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). . Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. . Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. The 2004 Design Standards (OS), Index 600 "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only SectionIV.doc Page 83 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary. traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall be provided by appropriate signs". 2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 102-5 Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FOOT Design Standards (OS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of7-day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C- View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days. SectionIV.doc Page 84 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Office of the Traffic Engineer, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562-4772, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Office of the Traffic Engineer may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Control in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designatedWorksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. SectionIV.doc Page 85 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING 45.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 45.3 MATERIALS The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength ASTM D638 3,000 psi Flexural Strength ASTM D790 4,500 psi Flexural Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D790 300,000 psi Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D2290 150,000 psi Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of SectionlV.doc Page 86 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 45.6 LINER INSTAllATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 45.7 lATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. SectionlV.doc Page 87 Revised: 9/22/05 Section N - Technical Specifications 45.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per linear foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 46 SPECIFICATIONS FO~ POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 46.1 MATERIALS 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physical properties. The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. 46.1.3 SAMPLES The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. SectionIV.doc Page 88 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work. 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should, be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment. 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. 46.4 SLlPLlNING PROCEDURE 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into IS-inch existing sewer. I6-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into I8-inch existing sewer. 18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 2I-inch existing sewer. 21 Y2.-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer. SectionIV.doc Page 89 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer. 34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36-inch existing sewer. 42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will _ be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be 'required prior to inserting the liner. 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. An entry slope grade of 2 1/2: 1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress ~elieve itself. The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the l2-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. SectionIV.doc Page 90 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and installation of the liner. 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe - connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe. Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands. 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage areas will be arranged for by the contractor. 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor. Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of-ways, the surface shall be graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer. 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 47.1 SCOPE This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm water. SectionlV.doc Page 91 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter". The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 PIPE The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be _ factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not. more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of 1.5 (one and one half) cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1 (one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. Grout pump shall be- of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modified by those specifications. SectionIV.doc Page 92 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. 48.3 COMPOSITION Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall have a minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi. 48.5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates. Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve Passing No.4 Sieve Passing No.8 Sieve Passing No. 16 Sieve Passing No. 30 Sieve Passing No. 50 Sieve Passing No. 100 Sieve 100% 95% to 100% 80% to 100% 50% to 85% 25% to 60% 10% to 30% 2% to 10% 48.6 WATER Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. 48.7 REINFORCEMENT Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for SectionIV.doc Page 93 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 70f7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each shipment. Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the - inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and inlets, shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi. Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by a air/water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48.10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on .the basis of test data from prior experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring materials shall be subject to approval. 48.11 MIXING Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as SectionIV.doc Page 94 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the aggregate. Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Comers shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if: 1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of mesh shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applications. 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air jet. 48.14 SURFACE'FINISH Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed comers by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. SectionIV.doc Page 95 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, _ brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and replaced with sound material. 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Compo Cap Max. Hose Dia. Max. Size Nozzle Min. Air Press. (cfrn) (In.) (In.) (psi) '. 365 1 5/8 1 5/8 60 600 2 2 80 750 2 1/2 21/2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. SectionIV.doc Page 96 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient capacity to providet without interruptiont the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air consumed in blowing reboun~ cleaningt reinforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line water pressure is inadequatet a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line; _ The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturerts recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specificationst the Contractor shall comply with manufacturerts instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltrationt provide corrosion protectiont repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturerts technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 49.2 PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavationt including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16tOOO pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. SectionlV.doc Page 97 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 49.3.1.2 MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No.8 sieve. 49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall i~ paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory SectionlV.doc Page 98 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MATERIALS 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-l 09) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 49.5 INFilTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-I09) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi. 49.7 LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shatl be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi SectionIV.doc Page 99 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to 5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. SectionIV.doc Page 100 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 49.11 INSTAllATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 49.11.2 MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel.so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it." A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. SectionIV.doc Page 10 1 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 49.11.5 CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor underthe direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE Materials and application .procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of /2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS 49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The SectionIV.doc Page 102 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86 Bonding Strength 250-300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75-9.171bs/gal Tensile Strength 150 psi Elongation 250% Shrinkage Less than 4% Toxicity Non Toxic ASTM D-3574 ASTM D- 412 ASTM D-3574 ASTM D-I042 49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components-two powd~s and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM (to be given) 1,2001,800 psi SectionIV.doc Page 103 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) at 100% RH at 50% RH 8.1x10 llcm/sec to 7.6x10 cm/sec 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and - provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull- Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4-5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a dark grey color. 49.12.2.5 EPOXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees F: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume Color (other colors available on request) Pot Life, hrs Tensile Strength, psi, min Tensile Elongation, % Water Extractable Substances, mg.lsq. in., max Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1:1 Light Gray 1 2,000 10 -20 5 1,800 Section IV .doc Page 104 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Com Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client. 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. SectionIV.doc Page \Os Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using astiftbrush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPOXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and SectionIV.doc Page 106 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 50.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The City desires to inform the general public on the City's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at alllocation(s) of active work. 50.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be lump sum for the entire project. The number of and type of signs will be stated in the Scope of the Work section of the contract documents. Lump sum item will be included in the bid proposal for signs. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 50.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4' by 8' in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2". Sign shall be attached to a minimum of three pressure treated 4" by 4" below grade pressure treated wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24" above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 50.4 PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24" by 30" in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080" or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 50.5 SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. SectionIV.doc Page 107 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 50.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the City's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the City's right-of-way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 50.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. 50.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN PROJECT NAME A CITY OF CLEARWATER ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT PROJECT FUNDING: CONTRACTOR: CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION: CITY PROJECT MANAGER: PHONE 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 51.1 SCOPE 1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexitlor Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexitlor In-line Skating Surfacing System . 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer . 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave . 2 Coats of Plexitlor . Plexicolor Line Paint SectionIV.doc Page 108 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications. 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to indentation). 51.2.2 CONCRETE Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix: Acrylic Resurfacer 55 gallons Water (Clean and Potable) 20-40 gallons Sand (60-80 mesh) 600-900 pounds Liquid Yield 112-138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending on surface porosity) at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with California Ti-Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix: Plexipave Color Base 30 gallons Plexichrome 20 gallons Water 20 gallons SectionIV.doc Page 109 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flow ability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats ofPlexiflor at a rate of .04-.05 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. - Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. 51.6 PLAYING LINES Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In-Line Hockey Association. 51.7 GENERAL 1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified. 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than SOOF or more than 1 40oF. 2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring. 8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates. 9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 700F with 60% relative humidity. SectionIV . doc Page 110 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear. 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 52.1 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CITY See below for Resident Notification performed by the Contractor. 52.2 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4 ~ by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than 7 days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper 7 day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. SectionIV.doc Page 111 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications EXAMPLE CITY SEAL Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / --- PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. - This notice is placed a minimum of 7 days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard 'asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Superintendent at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 53.1 MATERIAL 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ-W-46IH, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coating shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or SectionIV.doc Page 112 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or exceed four I-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 Y2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in - diameter (approx. US gauge 13 Y2), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 Ibs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger- Tite Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A-313, Type 302, Class I, or equal. All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTMA-641. 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. 1. Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM 0-2287 and ASTM 0- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34. 2. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM 0-142; not less than 2980 psi. 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM 0-412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain. 4. Resistance to Abrasion: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B). 5. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM 0-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hardness: a. According to ASTM 0-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Corrosion: SectionlV.doc Page 113 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HCl (hydrochloric acid 12 Be). 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests: 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B-117 b. Period oftest = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: . a. According to ASTM 0-1499 and ASTM 0-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. 3. Exposure to high temperature: a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM 0- 1203 and ASTM 0-2287. 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit the following properties: 1. Appearance: a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable change in color. 2. Specific Gravity: a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value. 3. Ourometer Hardness: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 4. Tensile Strength: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 5. Elongation: a. Shall not sijow change higher than 25% of its initial value. 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 7. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 8. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. SectionIV.doc Page 114 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than + 18 degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be - retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physical requirements: . Absorption, maximum 5% . Los Angeles Abrasion (FM IOT096), maximum loss 45% . Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM I-TI04), maximum loss 12% . Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: 1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized acoording to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and lacing and 0.80 ozs.lsq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTiLE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FOOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985. 53.2 PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses SectionIV.doc Page 115 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the' mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gab ions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gab ion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 54.1 SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street medians including: . Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; . Trash and debris removal from the job site; SectionIV.doc Page 116 Revised: 9/2'2J05 Section IV - Technical Specifications . Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; . Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; . Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); . Irrigation service and repair; . Mulch replacement; . Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the . Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. 54.3 WORK METHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 54.4 LITTER Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered. , 54.5 VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours after providing the service. 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants SectionlV.doc Page 117 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, according to the following specifications: 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to - remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor at hislher expense. 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually 3 inches. SectionIV.doc Page 118 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to the monthly maintenance fee. 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facil1ty (yet to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in placed as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11 :00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a SectionlV.doc Page 119 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. - 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. - 3:00 p.m. 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as he feels appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or hislher employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 55 MilliNG OPERATIONS 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MillED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITIONAL MilLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. SectionIV.doc Page 120 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom Tractor way of sweeping is not be pennitted). The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this - removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications for S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to schedule delivery of material. 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND lOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTiliTIES All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility SectionIV.doc Page 121 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section I~ Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 55.7 TYPES OF MilLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge - This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width - This will consist of milling the entire roadway (Le. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 55.8 MilLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 55.10 BASIS OF PAYM ENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. SectionlV.doc Page 122 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (lastest edition). 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand- cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: . An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents. SectionlV.doc Page 123 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include: . Verification that all einployees assigned to this job have received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. . The date of the training, and · The means used to verify that the employee understood the training. 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 690), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, and. removal of existing traffic signal equipment. All mast arms signal installations shall meet the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm poles shall be chestnut bronze, with the color approved by the City prior to placement. All traffic signal indicators shall be LED's, approved by both the City and FDOT. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. \ 60 SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No SectionIV.doc Page 124 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FOOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all. equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 62 TREE PROTECTION 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full drlpline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer speCIes. 3. At or greater than two-thirds of the dripline of all other protected species 4. At or greater than the full drlpline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. O. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No SectionIV.doc Page 125 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 62.2 ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society _ of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Public Works projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be preformed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut ~leanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18". H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. SectionlV.doc Page 126 Revised: 9/2V05 Section IV - Technical Specifications J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations - Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance - Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing. condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. SectionIV.doc Page 127 Revised: 9/22/05 Section IV - Technical Specifications 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBiliTY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www. w3.orglTR/1999/W AI- WEBCONTENT-19990505/ http://www.section508.gov/ In particular~ use of variable-width tables~ user-adjustable/relative font sizes~ ALT text for images~ CSS whenever possible~ etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES lOGO AND ITS USE The City~s Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business~ on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence~ brochures~ advertising~ vehicles~ apparel and sign age. It should be used only in the manner presented here~ in the proportion shown here~ with no alterations. It should not be condensed~ lengthened~ or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments~ and is notto be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager~ Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 63.6 POSTING The site should be presented to the City~s Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City~s Web server~ if approved~ should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity Issues. 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date~ by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. SectionIV.doc Page 128 Revised: 9/22/05 SECTION IV- A TABLE OF CONTENTS City of Clearwater Contract No. 99-002o-EN Alligator Lake Wetland Creation & Stormwater Treatment Project Technical Special Provisions (TSP) TSP-01 GENERAL TSP-02 REVISION TO ARTICLE 2 - LINE, GRADE AND RECORD DRAWINGS TSP-03 REVISION TO ARTICLES 12,19, 31, and 33 TSP-04 REVISION TO ARTICLE 5 - EXCAVATION OF UNDERGROUND WORK TSP-05 REVISION TO ARTICLE 19 - STORM SEWERS TSP.06 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 25 - GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS AND ARTICLE 62- TREE PROTECTION TSp.07 REVISION TO ARTICLE 31 . SODDING TSP-08 REVISION TO ARTICLE 37 - AUDIOMDEO TAPING OF CONSTRUCTION WORK AREAS TSP-09 SECTION 01025 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT (ATTACHED) TSp.10 SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COORDINATION (ATTACHED) TSP-11 SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS (ATTACHED) TSP.12 SECTION 02200 - SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK (ATTACHED) TSP.13 SECTION 02650 - EROSION CONTROL MATS (ATTACHED) TSP.14 SECTION 02940 - EXOTIC PLANT CONTROL (ATTACHED) TSP.15 SECTION 03100 - FORMWORK (ATTACHED) TSP-16 SECTION 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT (ATTACHED) TSP.17 SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (ATTACHED) TSP-18 SECTION 03400 - PRECAST CONCRETE (ATTACHED) TSP.19 SECTION 03601. GROUT AND FILL (ATTACHED) TSP.20 SECTION 05500 - MISCELLANEOUS METALS (ATTACHED) TSP-21 SECTION 07920 - SEALANTS AND CAULKING (ATTACHED) TOC-l SECTION IV - A TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS (TSP)-CONSTRUCTION TSP-O 1 General A. General Condition 13 and Articles 1 through 62 of the City of Clearwater Standard Technical Specifications are revised by the provisions contained in this Technical Special Provision (TSP) section. Additional general and detailed notes are shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Measurement and payment descriptions for all Bid Items are in TSP-9 Section 01025 Measurement and Payment. All reference to measurement and payment within the City of Clearwater Standards are superceded by TSP-9. TSP-02 Revisions to Article 2 - Line, Grade and Record Drawings A. Insert the following at the end of Paragraph 2.1: "Contractor shall submit As-Built drawings in accordance with City of Clearwater Public Works Administration Standards." TSP-03 Revisions to Article 12- Dewatering Article 19 - Storm Sewers Article 31 - Sodding Article 33 - Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, or other Storm StIUctures Submit product data in accordance with Article 6.11 - Shop Drawings and Samples - of the General Conditions for all items required in the above listed Articles for this project. TSP-04 Revisions to Article 5 - Excavation of Underground Work A. This Article is supplemented with additional requirements TSP-12 - 02200 Site Preparation and Earthwork. TSP-05 Revisions to Article 19 - Storm Sewers A. All stormwater drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall comply with Section 430 of the current FDOT Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Construction. . B. Rubber gaskets, in accordance with Section 942 of the current FDOT specifications shall be installed in all pipe joints in addition to wrapping in filter fabric. TSP-06 Revisions to Article 25 - General Planting Specifications and Article 62 - Tree Protection A. Make the following edits to Article 25: 25.2.1.3-C Replace: "finished lawn or plaving field" with ''finished soil surface". 3/17/2008 SECTION IV-A TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS (TSP) TSP-l 260107 SECTION IV - A TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS (TSP) (Continued) 25.2.1.4-G Add: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, water elevations, turbidity, etc. 25.2.1.8.1-A Replace "Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug tress and shrubs." With "Plants shall be container grown or bare root as specified in the planting plan specifications, and shall be Florida Number I grade or better." 25.2.1.9.1-B Planting shall not be undertaken until site is properly graded, water elevations are sufficient, and water clarity is sufficient for submerged aquatic plant survival. 25.2.1.9:2-A Add: Plant installation will not take place between November IS and February 28 to prevent the possibility of damage from frost before the plants are established. 25.2.2.1.2-D All plant materials must be inspected by the Engineer at the time of delivery and prior to installation. Plants not meeting specifications will be rejected and will be replaced by the planting contactor at his expense. 25.2.2.1.4-A Replace with: No cypress mulch shall be used on the site. Mulch shall consist of recycled material such as finely chopped wood trimmings from the site and shall be used where needed. No mulch shall be placed below the normal water elevation. 25.2.2.1.5 - Only time release fertilizer shall be used on site. Fertilizer should be placed in planting hole prior to the installation of the plant. 25.2.2.1.5-D Delete all. 25.2.2.1.5-E Delete all- not applicable. 25.2.2.1.7-D Delete - not applicable. 25.2.3.1.3 Delete - not applicable. 25.2.3.1.4-D Only time release fertilizer shall be used. B. Following are minimum guidelines supplementary to Articles 25 and 62 for the protection of existing trees to be preserved on or adjacent City project sites. 1. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist hired and paid by the Contractor. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations - Tree. Shrub and other Woodv Plant Maintenance - Standard practices (prunin~) ANSI A-300. 3/17/2008 SECTION IV-A TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS CTSP) TSP-2 260107 SECTION IV - A TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS (fSP) (Continued) 2. Where called for on the plans, install tree barricades, erosion control/silt fencing or other approved protective barriers around all trees to be preserved, per City standard detail. Where applicable, protective barriers shall be placed in root prune trenches. 3. Woodchips, mulch or another cushioning surface material approved by the City's representative shall be placed to a minimum depth of 10" over areas where roots are present and construction traffic oCcurs. 4. All tree protection measures shall remain in place at all times during construction until the city's representative authorizes removal, (including woodchips, mulch or other cushioning surface material identified in TSP-6.3.) C. Mulch for planting beds shall be as specified on the plans. TSP-7 Revisions to Article 31 - Sodding A. Sod for the grassed footpath and other areas as shown on plans shall use Bahia. TSP-8 Revisions to Article 37 - AudioNideo Taping of Construction Work Areas A. In addition to the video required by Article 37, Contractor shall also provide photographs of site and construction throughout progress of W orIc, produced by a professional commercial photographer, acceptable to Engineer. Contractor shall: . Take photographs prior to beginning of construction and monthly on the cutoff date for each Application for Payment until completion and fmal acceptance. . Provide two color prints, glossy finish of each view. . Provide size 8 x 10 inch (200 x 250 mm). Mount in double faced plastic sleeve punched to fit standard 3-ring binder. . Identify each print on back. List name of Project, Contract, orientation of view, description of view, date and time of view, name and address of photographer, and photographer's numbered identification of exposure. . Provide a digital ftle for each picture taken to the Engineer with the monthly photograph submittal. . Provide photographs from twenty (20) views at each specified time, until Date of Substantial Completion. . Consult with Engineer for instruction on views required before each photography seSSlOn. . Deliver prints monthly prior to each Application for Payment. TSP-9 SECTION 01025 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION IV-A TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS (TSP) TSP-3 260107 3/17/2008 SECTION IV - A TECHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS (TSP) (Continued) TSP-lO SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COORDINATION TSP-ll SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS TSP-12 SECTION 02200 - SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK TSP-13 SECTION 02650 - EROSION CONTROL MATS TSP-14 SECTION 02940 - EXOTIC PLANT CONTROL TSP-15 SECTION 03100 - FORMWORK TSP-16 SECTION 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT TSP-17 SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TSP-18 SECTION 03400 - PRECAST CONCRETE TSP-19 SECTION 03601 - GROUT AND FILL TSP-20 SECTION 05500 - MISCELLANEOUS METALS TSP-21 SECTION 07920 - SEALANTS AND CAULKING 3/1712008 SECTION IV-A TJ:;CHNICAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS (TSP) TSP-4 260107 SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART I-GENERAL 1.0 I DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation provided in the proposal and the Contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, tools and equipment, for performing all operations necessary to complete the work under the Contract, and also in full payment for all losses or damages arising from the nature of the work, or from any discrepancy between the actual quantities of work and quantities herein estimated by the Engineer, or from the action of the elements or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the work until the final acceptance by the City. B. Work not shown or called out in either the Plans or the Specifications, but necessary in carrying out the intent of the Project or in the complete and proper execution of the Work, is required and shall be performed by the Contractor as though it were specifically delineated or described. No additional compensation will be considered for this associated and necessary work. C. The process stated in the Bid Form include all costs and expenses for taxes, labor, equipment, materials, commissions, transportation charges and expenses, patent fees and royalties, labor for handling materials during inspection, together with any and all other costs and expenses for performing and completing the work as shown on the Plans and specified herein. The basis of payment for an item at the unit price shown in the Bid Form shall be in accordance with the description of that item in this section. D. The Contractor's attention is again called to the fact that the quotations for various items of work are intended to establish a total price for completing the work in its entirety. Should the Contractor think that the cost for any item of work has not been established by the Bid Form or Payment Items, he/she shall include the cost for that work in some other applicable bid item, so that hislher proposal for the project does reflect hislher total price for completing the work in its entirety. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Paymen~ for all work done in compliance with the Contract Documents, inclusive of furnishing all manpower, equipment, materials and performance of all operations relative to construction of this project, will be made under the pay items listed herein and in accordance with the accepted Bid. B. Methods of Measurement: 1. Units of measurement shall be defmed in general terms as follows: a. Lump Sum (LS) 3/17/08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-1 260107 b. Linear Feet (LF) c. Acre (AC) d. Cubic Yards (CY) e. Tons (TN) f. Square Yards (SY) g. Each (EA) 1.03 BASIS OF PAYMENT Measurement and payment for each bid item shall include all labor, materials and equipment required to perform the work included for that respective item to provide a complete and operable installation whether specifically described, mentioned or implied. Payment for all sheeting, shoring, bracing, cofferdams, and other items necessary for a safe and workable excavation shall be included in those Items requiring same for a complete and operable installation whether specifically described, mentioned or implied. A. Item 1.0 - Mobilization and Site Preparation Item 1.1 Mobilization Payment for mobilization will include costs associated with preparatory work and operations necessary to begin work on the Project, including but not limited to those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the Project site(s), and for the establishment of temporary offices, two (2) Project 1D signs, safety equipment and fIrst aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities as required by the Plans and Specifications and all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations. Payment shall also include costs associated with off-site staging/storage areas. The cost of bonds and any other required insurance, consideration for indemnification to the City and the Engineer, and any other pre-construction expenses necessary for the start of the Work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall also be included in this Pay Item. The Work specified under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price, in accordance with the following schedule: PERCENT OF ORIGINAL ALLOWABLE PERCENT CONTR/\CT AMOUNT EARNED OF THE LUMP SUM PRICE FOR MOBILlZA nON (*) 5 25 10 50 25 75 100 100 3/17/08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-2 260107 * Partial payments will be limited to 10 percent of the original Contract amount for the Project. Any remaining amount will be paid upon completion of all Work on the Project, including fmal punch list Work items. Item 1.2 Maintenance of Traffic Payment for traffic control will include maintaining traffic within the adjacent properties as a result of hauling and disposal of construction materials and equipment. Traffic control shall be maintained throughout the duration of the project Payment for traffic control will be lump sum payable in an amount equal to the percentage of the original Contract amount earned at the time of application for payment. Item 1.3 General Demolition Payment of general demolition will include removal and disposal of trees, including tree stumps and root material, and the endwall and pipe section at the southwest comer of the project. Payment will be a lump sum. Item 1.4 Tree Barricades Tree barriers shall be staked around trees designated to be protected in accordance with the Plans and Article 62 of the City of Clearwater Specifications and as modified in TSP-06. Payment for tree barricades shall be lUIIl.p sum. Item I.S Root Prunin2: Root pruning shall be performed as specified in the Plans and Specifications shall be in accordance with Article 62 of the City of Clearwater Specifications and as modified in TSP-06. Payment for root pruning shall be lump sum. Item 1.6 Erosion and Sediment Control Payment for erosion and sediment control shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and seIVices required to fabricate, furnish, deploy, secure, and maintain all control measures throughout the entire duration of the proposed Work. The control measures shall conform to FDOT Standards Index 102 and 103, City of Clearwater Article 38 or as directed by the Engineer. Pay item shall also include preparation and submittal of a site specific Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), detailing Erosion and Sediment Control Best Management Practices (BMP's) and removal of all control measures upon completion and acceptance of the Work. Payment for erosion alid sediment control will be lump sum payable in an amount equal to the percentage of the original Contract amount earned at the time of application for payment. The Work specified under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price, in accordance with the following schedule: 3/17/08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-3 260107 ALLOWABLE PERCENT PERCENT OF ORIGINAL OF THE LUiVlP SUM CONTRACT AMOUNT EARNED PRICE FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 25 50 100 50 80 100 Item 1.7 - BVDass PumDinl! Payment for Bypass Pumping will include all equipment, labor, installation, and operation for bypass pumping as needed for construction. Measurement shall be on a unit basis based on days of bypass. Payment shall be lump sum based on percent complete. B. Item 2.0 - Earthwork Item 2.1 Clearinl! and Grubbin2 Payment for clearing and grubbing performed as specified in the Plans and Specifications shall be in accordance with Article 56 of the City of Clearwater Specifications. Basis of Measurement shall be per acre. Item 2.2 Earthwork Payment for earthwork will include excavation, storing, transport and placement of soil materials within the limits of disturbance, and transport/disposal of materials off-site. Payment will be lump sum based on percent complete. Item 2.3 Finish Gradin2 The work to be performed will consist of the furnishing of equipment and labor for the grading of all slopes, sodded areas, construction or re-chamlelization of all ditches and swales, shaping or reshaping of slopes, all final dressing, and all other earthwork operations required for the completion of the project. Payment will be a lump sum payable upon acceptance of the Work. Item 2.4 Unsuitable Material Removal Should unsuitable material, as specified in Article 17 of the City of Clearwater specification, be encountered at the project site, it shall be excavated in accordance. with Section 02200 and removed from the project site. Basis of Measurement shall be per cubic yard. Item 2.5 Additional Bearin2 Material Should additional suitable bearing material be required due to insufficiency of suitable bearing material at the project site, it shall be provided and installed in accordance with Section 02200. Basis of Measurement shall be per cubic yard. C. Item 3.0- Drainage 3/17/08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-4 260107 Items 3.1 Control Structure Payment for control structure (modified ditch bottom inlet) shall be on a unit basis installed as . specified on the plans. Items 3.2 Junction Box/Manhole Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis, in accordance with City of Clearwater Article 33. Items 3.3 and 3.4 Reinforced Concrete Pioe Payment shall be per linear foot installed, in accordance with City of Clearwater Article 19. Item 3.5 Riorao Rubble (Bank & Shore) Payment shall be based on tons installed, in accordance with City of Clearwater Article 57. Items 3.6 Filter Fabric Payment for filter fabric designated on the Plans shall be based on square feet installed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Items 3.7 Erosion Control Mats Payment for erosion control mats designated on the Plans shall be based on square feet installed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Items 3.8 Endwalls Payment for endwalls shall be lump sum based on each item installed as specified on the Plans. Item 3.9 Grassed FootDaths Payment for this item shall include all items necessary for construction and installation of a grassed footpath as specified in the plans and specifications. Payment shall be lump sum. D. Item 4.0 Landscape and Sod Item 4.1 Sod Payment shall be per square foot installed, in accordance with City of Clearwater Article 31. Items 4.2 to 4.3 Landscaoe Plantin2S Payment for plantings includes installation of the plants, shrubs and trees of the type, size and quantity indicated in the plans in accordance with specifications, and requirements, or as authorized by the Engineer's Representative. The Contractor will be responsible for the post . planting maintenance of plant material and be responsible for plant watering until final acceptance. Contractor shall warrant plants for a one (1) year period. Payment shall be per unit quantity installed. END OF SECTION 3/17/08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01025-5 260107 SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. Within ten days after receipt of the Notice to Proceed (NTP) or at the preconstruction - meeting, which ever occurs first, the Contractor shall have prepared and submitted to the Engineer the estimated construction progress schedules for the work, with subschedules of related activities, which are essential to its progress. B. Submit revised progress schedules on a monthly basis. No partial payments shall be approved by the Engineer until there is an approved construction progress schedule on hand. C. The Contractor shall designate an authorized representative of his firm who shall be responsible for development and maintenance of the schedule and of progress and payment reports. This representative of the Contractor shall have direct project control and complete authority to act on behalf of the Contractor in fulfilling the commitments of the Contractor's schedules. D. The project scheduling software shall be Microsoft Project 2000fQ or newer or as approved by the Engineer. E. The progress schedule shall demonstrate complete fulfillment of all Contract Document requirements utilizing a Critical Path Method (CPM) resource loaded, precedence method schedule to coordinate, plan, schedule, and perform the work (including the activities of subcontractors and suppliers). 1.02 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule 1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity including: a. Activity beginning and ending date b. Duration c. Early start date d. Early finish date e. Total float f Predecessor g. Successor 2. Show the dates for the beginning of and completion of each major element of construction in no more than a two-week increment scale. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COORDINATION 01310-1 260107 7/9/2007 3. Show projected percentage of completion for each item, as of the first day of each month. 4. Show projected dollar cash flow requirements for each month of construction. 5. The schedule shall clearly identify the project's critical path. B. Submittals schedule for shop drawings and Samples in accordance with Article 6.11 - - Shop Drawings and Samples - of the General Conditions. Show: 1. The dates for Contractor's submittals. 2. The dates approved submittals will be required from the Engineer. C. A list of all long lead items (equipment, materials, etc.) with the anticipated delivery date. 1.03 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Indicate progress of each activity of date of submission. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1. Major changes in scope. 2. Activities modified since previous submission. 3. Revised projections of progress and completion. 4. Other identifiable changes. C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended and its effect. 3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. 1.04 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial schedules to the Engineer within ten days after receipt of the NTP or at the preconstruction meeting, which ever occurs first. , 1. The Engineer will review schedules and return review copy. 2. The Contractor shall resubmit a revised schedule within 7 days after return of review copy, if required. B. Submit revised monthly progress schedules with that month's application for payment. 7/9/2007 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COORDINATION 01310-2 260107 1.05 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. The Engineer (two hard copies) 2. Subcontractors (as needed) 2. City (two hard copies) B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor, in writing, any problems - anticipated by the projections shown in the schedules. 1.06 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING A. Contractor shall submit a detailed construction schedule incorporating all activities and the restraints noted on the Drawings or specified elsewhere. The following items shall be included in the schedule: 1. The Ruth Eckerd Hall lower parking lot shall be closed to the Public during Phase IV work, and at City's discretion. The City will advertise and notify Ruth Eckerd Hall of the closure. The Contractor shall install barricades to prevent public access. 2. Contractor shall complete the Work in Phases as outlined on Drawings G-05 and G-06. All utility relocation, bypass pumping, Maintenance of Traffic (MOT), etc., shown within each Phase of Work that is incidental to construction shall be completed first. 3. Upon Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall submit a Hurricane Preparation Plan for approval by Engineer. No construction shall occur until approval of plan has been received by the Contractor. END OF SECTION 7/9/2007 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COORDINATION 01310-3 260107 SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Layout of temporary facilities B. Temporary utilities C. Barriers D. Protection of installed work E. Temporary Controls F. Security G. Access roads and parking H. Traffic Controls I. Cleaning during construction J. Field offices and sheds K. Removal of utilities, facilities, controls 1.02 LAYOUT OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Submit for approval working drawings showing the proposed location and sizes of offices, shops, storage and staging areas, fencing, temporary stationary equipment, and similar facilities. Where on-site space for temporary facilities is limited, the allocation of the available space will be made by the Engineer. Should the Contractor require space in addition to that allocated, the Contractor shall make his own arrangements for storage of material and equipment in locations off the construction site. For the allocated space, the Contractor shall,submit to the Engineer for approval his proposed plan and layout for all temporary offices, sanitary facilities, temporary construction roads, storage buildings, storage yards, temporary power service and distribution. Said facilities shall be located so as not to impede or prevent the principal function of the existing facilities. 1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. General 7/9/2007 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 1 260107 1. Provide and maintain temporary and interim utility services necessary for the performance of the Work. All costs associated with these services shall be included in the Contractor's lump sum price bid for mobilization. 2. Install and maintain utilities to comply with applicable code, safety, and utility company requirements. 3. Connect to City's utility only on approval of Engineer. City will pay reasonable utility costs. Contractor shall provide additional drops and ensure that operation of existing facilities will not be inconvenienced. 4. Use of permanent utilities or equipment during construction shall not constitute start of warranties or guaranties. B. Electricity I. The Contractor shall provide connections, sized to provide service required for power and lighting. Feeder and branch wiring with area distribution boxes shall be located so that power is available through the project site by use of power cords. Terminations shall be provided for each voltage supply complete with circuit breakers, disconnect switches and other electrical devices as required to protect the power supply system. 2. Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations. 3. Temporary electrical power for use during construction shall not interfere with or adversely affect the normal operation of any of the City's facilities. C. Telephone Service 1. The Contractor shall furnish on-site telephone service for himself during the period of construction of the Contract. The cost of installation and monthly bills for the Contractor's telephone service shall be borne by the Contractor. D. Temporary Water Service. 1. Connect to existing water source for construction operations. 2. City will pay reasonable water utility costs. 3. Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections. E. Sanitary Facilities. 1. The Contractor shall provide temporary sanitary facilities and shall service, clean, and maintain these facilities and enclosures. Temporary facilities shall be removed from the site at the completion of the Work. 2. Construction personnel shall not use existing facilities. G. Fire Protection " I. The Contractor shall provide temporary fire protection equipment for the protection of workers and personal property during construction. Debris and flammable materials shall be removed weekly to minimize potential hazards. 2. Fires shall be reported immediately. 1.04 BARRIERS 7/9/2007 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 2 260107 A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to allow for City's use of site, and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Provide protection for plant life designated to remain. Replace damaged plant life. C. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site and structures from damage. 1.05 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage. C. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. 1.06 TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Drainage and Erosion Control. 1. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. 2. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide silt barriers as required by Engineer to protect site from soil erosion. 3. Plan and execute construction by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation. 4. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time. 5. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains, to prevent erosion. 6. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts or clays. 7. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly apply corrective measures. B. The Work site is located adjacent to residential areas and, as such, dust control is required and will be rigidly enforced. The Contractor shall take steps to prevent and reduce dust arising from the construction activity. He shall have adequate self propelled water trucks to water, as necessary, the areas where dust may arise. Roadways and bare earth areas shall be kept moist at all times to. eliminate dust from wind or traffic. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall within one hour sprinkle the areas creating the wind or traffic dust. The Contractor may, with approval of the Engineer, apply calcium chloride for dust control with subsequent applications as directed by the Engineer. C. Construction Noise Control 1. General: The Contractor shall conduct all his work, use appropriate construction methods and equipment, and furnish and install acoustical barriers, all as necessary 7/9/2007 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 3 260107 so that no noise emanating from the process or any related tool or equipment will exceed legal noise levels. 2. Nighttime Work: No construction activities shall be permitted between the hours of 6 P.M. and 7 A.M., Monday through Saturday, and all day Sunday that produce noise exceeding 55 dBA, measured at the nearest property line of an adjacent residential area. Construction equipment that must be operated near a residentially zoned area on a 24-hour per day basis (Le., pumps, generators, etc.) shall be shielded by an acoustical enclosure during the hours of 6 P.M. and 7 A.M. unless the unshielded noise level is less than 55 dBA, measured at the closest adjacent residentially zoned property line. 3. Mitigation of Construction Noise Impact: The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer his plans to mitigate the construction noise impacts and to comply with the noise criteria specified herein, including the method of construction, the equipment to be used, and acoustical treatment if necessary. D. Rodent and Pest Control. 1. The Contractor shall at all times keep the work area, including the storage areas, free from rodents, noxious pests, and other vermin. 2. The City or the Engineer shall notify the Contractor on any noncompliance with this requirement. This notice, when delivered to the Contractor or the Contractor's representative at the site of the work, shall be deemed sufficient notice of the noncompliance and the corrective action required. After receiving the notice, the Contractor shall immediately take corrective action. If the Contractor fails or refuses to eliminate the rodents, pests or vermin and the causes thereof promptly, the City may have the necessary extermination work performed and charge the cost to the Contractor. E. Pollution Control 1. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. 1.07 SECURITY A. Security Program 1. Protect existing premises and City's operations from theft, vandalism, and unauthorized entry. B. Entry Control 1. Restrict entrance of persons and vehicles into Project site. 2. Allow entrance only to authorized persons with proper identification. 3. Maintain log of workers and visitors, make available to City on request. 4. Coordinate access of City's personnel to site in coordination with City's security requirements. C. Restrictions 1. Do not allow cameras on site or photographs to be taken except by approval of the Engineer. 7/9/2007 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 4 260 107 1.08 ACCESS ROADS AND P ARKlNG A. Access Roads 1. Construct and maintain temporary roads to serve construction area. Maintain all temporary roads in an acceptable condition. 2. Extend and relocate as Work progress requires. Provide detours necessary for unimpeded traffic flow. 3. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. B. Parking 1. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. 2. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off- site parking. 3. Do not allow vehicle parking on existing pavement. 1.09 TRAFFIC CONTROLS A. This item shall consist of providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining, cleaning and removal upon completion of work, all signs, barricades, pavement markings, barriers, cones, lights, signals and other devices necessary for the safe movement of traffic through and within the project as indicated in the plans or as directed by the Engineer. B. Access to Properties 1. When construction activities necessitate the closing of a street to a through-traffic, the Contractor shall maintain, at all times, a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to the work area, free of construction equipment and obstructions, for the use of emergency vehicles. 2. The Contractor shall provide continuous access to properties adjacent to work areas. C. Pedestrian Traffic. The Contractor shall take precautions to ensure the safety of pedestrians passing near work areas. This may entail the erection of a temporary fence on the construction side of pedestrian passageways to delineate out-of-bounds areas. If pedestrian safety cannot be assured, the Contractor shall close off the sidewalk(s) with signs and fences and shall direct pedestrians to use other suitable routes. D. Maintenance of Equipment and Material 1. The Contractor shall designate an individual to be responsible for the maintenance of traffic handling around the construction area. This individual shall be able to be contacted at any time. This individual shall immediately correct any deficiencies in the equipment and materials used to handle traffic, such as missing, damaged, or obscured signs, drums, barricades, or pavement markings. The name, address and telephone number of the designated individual shall be given to the Engineer and to the City of Clearwater Public Works Department. 2. The Contractor shall make daily inspections of signs, barricades, drums, lamps, and temporary pavement markings to verify that these are visible, in good working order, and in conformance with the traffic handling plans and the directions of the Engineer and the Traffic and Transportation Department. When not in conformance, the Contractor shall immediately bring the equipment and materials into conformance by replacement, repair, cleaning, relocation, and/or realignment. 7/9/2007 CONSTRUCTION F ACIUTIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 5 260107 3. The Contractor shall keep all equipment and materials~ especially signs and pavement markings~ clean and free of dust~ dirt~ grime~ oil~ mud or debris. 4. The Contractor shall complete backfilling and grading restoration of all incidental areas of construction on the project site within ten working days after all construction activities required to be performed at that specific location have been completed. 1.10 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Maintain areas free of waste materials~ debris~ and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and _ orderly condition. B. Remove waste materials~ debris~ and rubbish from site not less than once a week and dispose of legally off-site. 1.11 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Contractor's field office: Provide and maintain temporary offices on the jobsite. A sign identifying the Contractor and listing emergency telephone number (s) shall be posted at and outside of the Contractor's field office. B. Storage Sheds for Tools~ Materials~ and Equipment: Weather-tight~ with heat and ventilation for products requiring controlled conditions~ with adequate space for organized storage and access~ and lighting for inspection of stored materials. D. Submit working drawings showing the proposed location and size of all offices (Contractor's), shops~ storage areas~ security fencing~ stationary equipment~ and similar facilities fifteen (15) days after notice to proceed. 1.12 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES~ AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities~ equipment, facilities~ materials, prior to Final Application for Payment inspection. B. Remove all underground installations. Grade site as indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 7/9/2007 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 6 260107 SECTION 02200 SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The extent of earthwork (i.e. excavation, pipe trenching, backfill, stockpiling, segregation, material transport, fill and compaction) site preparation, and incidental appurtenant Work necessary to accomplish the Work shall be as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 SITE INVESTIGATION A. Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation. There are two independent geotechnical reports. One was prepared by Driggers and the other by Ground Down Engineering. These are available at the office of the Engineer, Parsons, 4925 Independence Parkway, Suite 120, Tampa, FL 33634, for review. These reports may be used as a guide to subsurface conditions on this proj ect. Summaries of borings and related information depict subsurface conditions only at the specific locations and at the particular time designated on the logs. Soil conditions at other locations may differ from conditions occurring at the boring locations. B. Contractor's Responsibility. The Contractor shall examine the site and make inspections in order to determine the full extent of the work required to conform to the Drawings and specifications. The Contractor shall satisfy himself as to the nature and location of the work, subsurface conditions, the conformation and condition of the existing ground surface, and the character of equipment and facilities needed prior to and during prosecution of the Work. The Contractor shall also satisfy himself as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be encountered. C. Soil Contaminants. 1. When Work activities encounter or expose any abnormal condition that may indicate the existence of a hazardous or toxic waste, Work activities shall stop in the vicinity of the abnormal condition and the Contractor shall notify the City immediately. The presence of tanks or barrels; discolored em::th, metal, wood, or groundwater; visible fumes; abnormal odors; excessively hot earth; smoke; or other conditions that appear abnormal, may be signs of hazardous or toxic wastes and shall be treated with extraordinary caution. 2. Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to minimize the spread of any hazardous or toxic waste into uncontaminated areas. 3. The Contractor's operations shall not resume until directed in writing by the City. 10/18/2007 SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK. 02200 - 1 260107 4. Disposition of the hazardous or toxic waste will be made in accordance with the requirements and regulations of any City, County, State, or Federal agency having jurisdiction 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. As specified in the General Condition. B. The Contractor shall submit for record purposes only, and not for review, shop drawings showing the location and layout of proposed temporary sheeting, shoring, and bracing. C. Submit complete design calculations for proposed temporary sheeting systems. These calculations shall address the size of sheeting, wales, rakes, soldier piles, lagging, anchorage systems, struts, earth anchors, anchor piles, tie rods, and other components pertinent to the design. Submit the calculations prior to the start of Work involving sheeting and bracing, and have them signed and sealed by a structural engineer registered in the state of Florida. 1.04 SAFETY A. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with, and shall conform to, the regulations of the OSHA General Industry Occupational Safety and Health Standards and OSHA Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, and of applicable State and municipal agencies. He shall provide and maintain warning barricades, flags, torches, and other safety devices as required by local, State, and Federal codes and shall conduct work so as to create a minimum disruption to traffic and the public. Temporary suspension of work does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the above requirements. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL SAFEGUARDS AND REGULA nONS A. The Contractor shall comply with local, State, and Federal regulations in force at all times to prevent pollution of air and water. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall procure, store, and place materials from either on site or off- site sources which comply with the specified requirements. Testing and laboratory services are specified in the General Conditions. The Contractor is responsible for all material testing. The Contractor shall allow in his bid for compaction testing one compaction test per thousand square feet per lift plus one additional compaction test per five thousand square feet per lift; in addition all subgrades shall be inspected and tested at one compaction test per thousand square feet of surface area. In the event that a lift fails a compaction test, all costs for retesting for compliance shall be the Contractor's responsibility. All materials proposed for incorporation into the work shall be analyzed prior to their use for compliance to these specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City Representative 48 hours in advance that the work is ready for testing and inspection. 1.07 GRADING TOLERANCES 10/18/2007 SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK 02200 - 2 260107 A. Rough graded surface ready to receive topsoil or sod shall be graded to plus or minus 0.2 foot of the drawing elevation. Where such surfaces meet existing driveway, they shall be graded to plus or minus 0.1 foot of the drawing elevation. The acceptance of such irregularities shall not be construed to reduce the thickness of topsoil, sod, or pavement. Permanent surface watercourses shall be constructed to plan grades and shall drain completely throughout their length. Finish surfaces shall be plus or minus 0.1 foot of the drawing elevation, and areas shall be finished so as to drain readily. 1.08 EXCA V A nONS A. Excavations greater than 4 feet deep shall be sheeted and shored or otherwise protected to comply with all requirements of OSHA and the Florida Trench and Safety Act. Provide drawings and calculations for the design of the sheeting and shoring as specified herein. 1.09 COMP ACTION A. The maximum dry density and optimum moisture content of each soil type used in the various fills shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D698. Field density tests shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556, ASTM D2167, ASTM D2922. 1.10 SPOIL A. On site material deemed unsuitable by the Engineer, either from tests or visual inspection, for use as fill or backfill shall be removed from the site. Construction debris and other debris contained within this material shall be removed and disposed of as described in paragraph 1.11 below. 1.11 CLEAN-UP A. The Contractor shall remove rubbish, debris, junk, temporary materials, and waste excavated materials from the site. Such materials shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, and permits and the Contractor shall have approval from the owner of the property upon which the material will be disposed. The Contractor shall restore staging and storage areas and temporary roads to original condition or as shown on the plans to the satisfaction of the Engineer as a condition for final acceptance and payment. 1.12 SILT BARRIERS A. The Contractor shall provide silt barriers, hay bales, and floating turbidity barriers to prevent siltation of waterways and drainage courses, as further specified in Article 38 and shown on the Drawings. 1.13 EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Excess unsuitable materials shall be disposed of by the Contractor off the project site including the first six inches of top soil in cut areas as discussed in paragraph 3.02D. 7/9/2007 SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK. 02200 - 3 260107 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural Fill: Materials shall consist of an open graded crusher run limerock, 2- inches maximum, coarse aggregate. The minimum thickness under structures shall be 12- inches minimum unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. B. Backfill or Fill. Materials for controlled fill shall consist of any acceptable material imported or excavated from the cut areas. C. Organic Soil. Material for planting area fill shall consist of organic soil excavated from cut areas. It shall be stockpiled and composted separately under black plastic as shown on the Drawings. D. Open graded coarse aggregate shall meet the gradation characteristics of FDOT 901 Size No. 57. The thickness shall be as shown on the Drawings. E. Crushed concrete material shall be as specified in Article 22. Riprap: See Article 57. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 - GENERAL A. The Work shall be constructed to the lines, grades, elevations, slopes, and cross sections indicated on the Drawings, and specified herein. Slopes, graded surfaces, and drainage features shall present a neat, uniform appearance upon completion of the Work. B. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to maintain adequate safety measures and working conditions, and to take measures necessary during the performance of the work to protect the entire project area and adjacent properties which would be affected by this work from storm damage, flood hazard, caving of embankments, and sloughing of material, until final acceptance by the City. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to maintain completed areas until the entire project area is in compliance with the specifications. C. Utility lines and structures which are to remain in service shall be protected from damage as a result of Contractor's operations. Where utility lines, underground pipes and conduits, or structures not shown on the drawings are encountered, the Contractor shall report them to the Engineer before proceeding with the work. The Contractor shall bear the cost of repair or replacement of utility lines or structures which are broken or damaged by his operations. D. No fill or work shall be placed on subgrades prior to testing. 3.02 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Clearing. Clearing consists of the complete removal of objectionable materials and obstructions above and below the ground surface including tree stumps, brush, 7/9/2007 SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK. 02200 - 4 260107 grass, vegetative matter, and other objectionable materials within the construction limits. Brush and organic material shall be removed before placing any fills. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to save and protect trees that lie outside the construction area No trees shall be removed unless approved by the City. B. Trees to be cut down but with stumps to remain as shown on Drawings shall be cut flush with existing grade. The stumps are to remain in order to not disturb existing sub-surface utilities and to not disturb or undermine existing slopes. The stumps shall be treated with Garlon 4 herbicide or equivalent as approved by Engineer's Representative. Herbicide shall be applied in 3 treatments, 60 days apart. Herbicide shall be mixed, handled and applied as reconunended on product label - by a licensed, suitably trained, suitably experienced worker. C. Grubbing. Grubbing consists of the complete removal of stumps, including taproots or lateral roots 1-112- inches or more in diameter, and the removal of brush, grass, or weeds to depths below the natural ground as specified herein. Stumps shall be grubbed to a depth of 3 feet. D. Seed Source Removal. The first six inches below the ground surface shall be removed and disposed of off site to reduce the re-growth of noxious and exotic vegetation. Organic layers of soil below the top layer shall be stockpiled and composted as discussed in Paragraph 3.05 F. E. Protection. Existing items not designated to be demolished or removed shall be protected from damage. Such items damaged shall be restored or replaced inunediately at the Contractor's expense. F. Debris and Waste Material. Debris and waste material resulting from demolition, clearing, and grubbing shall be removed from the site and disposed of as specified herein. 3.03 DUST CONTROL A. The Work site is located adjacent to residential areas and, as such, dust control is required and will be rigidly enforced. B. The Contractor shall take steps to prevent and reduce dust ansmg from the construction activity. He shall have adequate self propelled water trucks to water, as necessary, the areas where dust may arise. Roadways and bare earth areas shall be kept moist at all times to eliminate dust from wind or traffic. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall within one hour sprinkle the areas creating the wind or traffic dust. 3.04 CARE OF DRAINAGE WATER A. Contractor shall remove drainage water from the construction operations, and storm water reaching the construction area, so that no damage will result to the excavation, or structures. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damages to persons or property on or off the construction site due to such drainage water or to the interruption or diversion of such storm water on account of his operations. 3.05 EXCAVATION 7/9/2007 SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK. 02200 - 5 260107 A. General. Excavate material of whatever nature encountered to the lines and grades required for the work. 1. Excavation includes removal and disposal of earth materials, pavements and. other obstructions, the ground surface, underground structures and utilities indicated to be demolished and removed and any other structures and materials encountered whether indicated or not. 2. Types of Excavation. a. Excavation for structures includes conforming to elevations and dimensions shown on the Drawings within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot and extending a sufficient distance form footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction and inspection. b. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive structural fill or concrete. The bottom of excavation shall be inspected by Engineer to ensure adequate bearing for the structure. No concrete or other work shall be placed until Engineer's approval has been obtained. 3. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated sub grade elevations or dimensions without specific direction. . Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed, shall be at the Contractor's expense. a. Backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. B. Additional Excavation. When excavation has reached required sub grade elevations, the Engineer shall make an inspection of conditions. 1. If unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at the required sub grade elevations, carry excavations deeper and replace the excavated material as directed by the Engineer. Unsuitable material shall include organic soil, soft or loose bearing material, saturated soil, vegetation, cinders, debris, trash, and other material of inadequate bearing. 2. Removal of unsuitable material below required subgrade elevations and its replacement as directed by the Engineer will be paid on a cubic yard basis as quoted in the Contractor's Bid. C. Stability of Excavations. Slope sides of excavations to comply with codes and ordinances having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. D. Safety Requirements. Provide and maintain warning barricades, flags, torches, and other safety devices as required by local, State, and Federal codes and conduct work to create minimum inconvenience to the public. Temporary suspension of work does not relieve responsibility for the above requirements. E. Sheeting,. Shoring, and Bracing. Provide materials for temporary sheeting, shoring, and bracing, and cofferdam such as sheet piling, uprights, stringers and cross braces, in good serviceable condition. 7/9/2007 SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK. 02200 - 6 260107 1. . Establish requirements for shoring and bracing to comply with codes and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations. Carry down shoring and bracing as excavation progresses. F. Material Storage. Separate and stockpile excavated materials into fill and organic soil backfill piles. Cover and stake organic soil stockpile areas with black plastic for 72 hours minimum for compo sting. Place~ grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 1. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. 2. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials~ as specified herein. G. Dewatering shall be in accordance with Article 12 and Agency Permits. Contractor is responsible for all analytical testing and reporting prior to commencement of dewatering. 3.06 PREPARATION A. Generally~ compact sub grade to density requirements for subsequent backfill materials. B. Cut out soft areas of sub grade not capable of in-situ compaction. Backfill with controlled fill and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent backfill material. 3.07 BACKFILLING A. Backfill wetland planting areas 6-inches deep with composted organic material excavated from cut areas as shown on Drawings. B. Backfill all other areas with remaining composted organic material to contours and elevations. C. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, or spongy subgrade surfaces. D. Structural Backfill or Fill: Place and compact materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8-inches compacted depth. Compaction shall be at or near the optimum moisture content and to a density not less than 95 percent of the maximum density at optimum moisture. Minimum total thickness under slabs shall be 12-inches. E. Backfill or Fill: Place and compact material in continuous layers not to exceed 8 inches compacted depth. Compaction shall be at or near the optimum moisture content and to a density not less than 95 percent of the maximum density at optimum moisture. F. Make grade changes gradually. Blend slopes into level areas. 3.08 CLEAN-UP 7/9/2007 SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK 02200 - 7 260107 A. Upon completion of the Work, rubbish and debris shall be removed from the job site. Construction equipment and implements of service shall be removed, and the entire area involved shall be left in a clean and acceptable condition. 3.09 RIPRAP A. Riprap shall be placed in accordance Article 57. END OF SECTION 7/9/2007 SITE PREPARATION AND EARTHWORK 02200 - 8 260107 SECTION 02650 EROSION CONTROL MAT The composite turf reinforcement mat (C-TRM) shall be a machine produced mat of 100% coconut fiber matrix incorporated into a permanent three-dimensional netting structure. The matrix shall be stitch bonded between a heavy duty UV stabilized bottom net with 0.50 x 0.50 inch (1.27 x 1.27 em) openings, a heavy duty UV stabilized, dramatically corrugated (crimped) intermediate netting with 0.50 x 0.50 inch (1.27 x 1.27 cm) openings, and a super heavy duty UV stabilized top net with 0.50 x 0.50 inch (1.27 x 1.27 em) openings. The corrugated netting shall form prominent closely spaced tjdges across the entire width of the mat. The three nettings shall be stitched together on 1.50 inch (3.81 cm) centers with UV stabilized polypropylene thread to form a permanent three-dimensional structure. Prooertv Thickness Resiliency Density Mass per Unit Area Porosity Open Volume per Unit Area Stiffuess Light Penetration lv1D Tensile Strength lv1D Elongation 1D Tensile Strength 1D Elongation Tensile Strermth at 10% EloIll!ation lv1D Tensile Strength 1D Tensile Strength Test Metbod ASTM 05199/ECTC ASTM 01777 ASTM 0792 ASTM 05261 ECTC Guidelines ECTC Guidelines ASTM D1388/ECTC ECTC Guidelines ASTM D5035 ASTM 05035 ASTM D5035 ASTMD5035 Tvoical 0.66 in (16.80 mm) 9()01o 0.51 o71inJ ~0.890 g/cm~ 13.16071yd (446 g/m2) 97.05% 1197 inJ/ylf (16,402 cmJ/m2) 3.83 oz-in (42,710 mg-cm) 5.50% 658 1bslft (9.60 kN/m) 13.40% 910 1bs1ft (13.28 kN/m) 10.90% ASTM D5035 ASTM 05035 335 lbslft (4.89 kN/m) 596 lbslft (8.69 kN/m) PERMANENT NET STRUCTURE ONLY PrODertv Thickness UV Stability MD Tensile Strength MD Elongation TO Tensile Strength TO Elongation Test Method ASTM D5199/ECTC ASTM 04355.... ASTM 05035 ASTM 05035 ASTM D5035 ASTM 05035 TVDical 0.56 in (14.20 mm) 86% 528 lbs/ft (7.70 kN/m) 28% 837 lbs/ft (12.21 kN/m) 12% .*ASTM DI682 (4 inch strip) Tensile Strength and % Strength Retention of material following 1000 hrs exposure in Xenon-Arc Weatherometer. MD - Machine direction TD - Transverse direction Install per manufacturer's recommended instructions for a slope installation. 7/9/2007 EROSION CONTROL MAT 02650-1 260107 SECTION 02940 EXOTIC PLANT CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The complete removal, disposal, and treatment of exotic and nuisance plant species within project limits delineated in the field by clearing and grubbing, herbicide application and re-application, and/or mechanical removal. It includes the removal of identified tree species for snag and mulching of vegetative debris. Mulch will be stock piled at the project site for use in the installation of plants. Excess mulch shall be removed from the project site. B. Related Work Not Included in This Section. 1. Section 02950 Maintenance and Monitoring. 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL A. Referenced Standards: 1. "Control of Non-Native Plants in Natural Areas of Florida," K.A. Langeland, R.K. Stocker, SP 242, Published by: Florida Cooperative Extension Services, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, University of Florida. 2. "Natural Area Weed Management", Ken Langeland, SP 295, published by: Florida Cooperative Extension Services, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, University of Florida, 2001. 3. "Exotic Woody Plant Control", Ken Langeland, editor, published by: Florida Cooperative Extension Services, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, University of Florida. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT SAFETY A. Use licensed, suitably trained, and suitably experienced workers to handle, mix and apply herbicides. B. Comply with applicable governmental regulations and manufacturer's directions when handling, mixing, transporting, applying and disposing of pesticides. C. Comply with safety recommendations in the Reference Documents and applicable laws and regulations. 2/14/2008a EXOTIC PLANT CONTROL 02940 - 1 260107 2.02 HERBICIDE A. Refer to species-specific product recommendations in reference document and to labeling restrictions. Herbicides are to be pre-approved by the Engineer's Representative for pertinent location and application method. B. Herbicides shall be mixed with water or other non-hazardous solvents, and applied according to directions or product labels. C. Herbicides approved for use include Roundup, Arsenal, Escort, Garlon 3, Garlon 4, and Rodeo, applied as recommended in the reference documents or on the product label. Use of alternate herbicides must first be cleared through the Engineer's Representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Comply with recommendations in Referenced Documents for mechanical removal of targeted species. B. Comply with this Section, Referenced Document and manufacturers recommendations for herbicide application and follow up. Use herbicide, vehicles and solution specified in this Section. C. Exotic and nuisance plants may include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Cattails, (Typha spp.) 2. Primrose willow (Ludwigia spp); 3. Carolina willow. (Salix caroliniana); 4. Brazilian pepper (Schinus terebinthifolius); 5. Australian pine (Casuarina spp.); 6. Torpedo grass (Panicum repens) 7. Women's Tongue (Albizia lebbeck) 8. Cogon grass (Imperata spp.) 9. Para-grass (Brachiaria mutica) 10. Guinea grass (Panicum maximum) 11. Punk tree (Melaleuca quinquenervia); 12. White lead tree (Leucaena leucocephala), 13. Ear tree, (Enterolobium conto~isi1iquum and 2/14/2008 EXOTIC PLANT CONTROL 02940 - 2 260107 14. Air potato (Dioscorea sp.) 3.02 HERBICIDE APPLICATION A. Apply herbicide to exotic and nuisance plant shoots and sprouts recurring 30 days after mechanical removal and/or clearing and grubbing. Retreat 60 days after initial application. Use minimal concentrations necessary to control regrowth and/or cause death. Use in all cleared areas above the normal water level shown on the plans for regrowth of exotic plants. B. Apply 3 treatments of herbicide 60 days apart to all live exotic plants not mechanically removed. Treat so there are no live exotic plants 60 days after the third application. Treat with a fourth application, if necessary. Use in all areas inside the limits of the Work and not disturbed by grading or cleaning work. 3.03 MECHANICAL REMOVAL A. Where exotic plants are accessible to mechanical equipment without risk of damage to native species or wildlife habitat, the Engineer's Representative may direct total (foliage, branches, trunk, and root system) mechanical removal. Where mechanical removal of exotics is directed, take care to avoid damage to native species. Damage to native species that is determined to be the result of negligence or incompetence on the part of the Contractor will be replaced or corrected at the Contractor's expense. Under no circumstance shall Planting Contractor dredge or excavate material within existing or proposed wetland boundaries as shown on plans. B. Where exotic plants are not accessible to mechanical equipment without risk of damage to native species or wildlife habitat, carry out designated "spot", or selective clearing using hand removal methods (chain saws, machetes, etc.) within 10 feet of desirable plant species. If selective clearing is not possible without disturbing or damaging desirable native vegetation, exotic and nuisance plants shall be treated in place with dye- laced herbicide. If the removal of the treated vegetation will cause unavoidable damage to native plants, wildlife habitat, or water quality, the dead vegetation may be left in place if they do not pose a safety risk. Seeds and fruits and the detrital material under such species shall be removed to prevent germination in the future. C. Dispose of removed exotics by mulching plant branches and leaves. Pile mulched exotic plants in an area identified by the Engineer's Representative. Follow the procedures below for storinglcomposting mulched exotic plant material to ensure no viable seeds are in the mulch. In areas inside the limits of construction restore to finished grade. 1. Exotic plants shall be ground with a commercial grinder and the mulch heaped into piles. The piles shall be soaked and covered with black plastic. The black plastic absorbs heat and the seeds and other materials "cook" .at high temperatures, destroying the germplasm. The piles must be allowed to "cook" for at least 72 hours. D. Include areas of mechanical and selective removal for follow up application of approved herbicide. END OF SECTION 2/14/2008 EXOTIC PLANT CONTROL 02940 - 3 260107 SECTION 03100 FORMWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide formwork for cast-in-place concrete as indicated, specified, and required. B. Work Included in This Section. Principal items are: 1. Furnishing, erection, and removal of forms. 2. Shoring and bracing offormwork. 3. Setting of embedded items. C. Related Work Not Included in This Section. 1. Furnishing embedded items with setting instructions. 2. Reinforcement. 3. Concrete mixing, placing and finishing. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies. The requirements of OSHA Part 1926, Section 1926.701 and applicable governing public authorities apply to the Work of this Section. The Contractor shall prepare and maintain at least one copy of the required drawings at the site. Design of the structures shown on the Drawings does not include any allowance or consideration for imposed construction loads. Forms, shoring and falsework shall be adequate for imposed live and dead loads, including equipment, height of concrete drop, concrete and foundation pressures, stresses, lateral stability, and other safety factors during construction. B. Standards and Tolerances. Formwork shall comply with ACI 347R-94 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork, except as exceeded by the requirements of regulatory agencies or as otherwise indicated or specified. Formwork shall be designed and constructed to produce finished concrete conforming to tolerances given in ACI 117-90. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The submittals shall be in accordance with Article 6.11 and the additional information herein. A. Concrete construction joints and expansion joints shall be of the types and locations indicated. Submit shop drawings for approval showing proposed location and type of required construction for any joints not shown on the Drawings, and sequence of forming and concrete placing operations. Submit shop drawings for review at least 21 working days in advance of form fabrication. 7/9/2007 FORMWORK 03100 - 1 260107 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM COATING A. Non-grain-raising and non-staining resin or polymer type that will not leave residual matter on surface of concrete or adversely affect bonding to concrete of paint, plaster, mortar, protective coatings, waterproofing or other applied materials. Coatings containing mineral oils, paraffins, waxes, or other non-drying ingredients are not permitted. 2.02 LUMBER A. WWPA No.1 Structural Light Framing or No.1 Structural Joists and Planks, or equal. Board forms, if used, shall be No.2 Common or better, T &G or shiplap, S 1 S2E or better. 2.03 PLYWOOD A. Plywood shall conform to U.S. Product Standard PS-1 and shall bear APA or DFPA grade mark B. General Use. Exterior type, Grade B-B Plyform, Class I, minimum 5/8-inch thickness. Mill-oiling is not permitted. C. Smooth Surface. Use one or more of the following materials, or equal: 1. HDO coating two sides on Plyform, Class I, Exterior. 2. Exterior Type Grade B-B Plyform, Class I, having lI8-inch thick fully adhesive bonded facing on one side of tempered structural hardboards. 3. Birch hardwood plywood, all plies of Arctic white birch, panel faces on both sides phenolic plastic impregnated and faced with phenolic plastic by the hot press process, panel edges factory sealed, bearing manufacturer's logo in lieu of grade mark. 2.04 METAL FORM TIES A. Prefabricated rod, snap-off, or. threaded internal disconnecting type of tensile strength to resist all imposed loads. Ties shall leave no metal within l-I/2-inch of concrete surfaces after removal. Snap-off type ties shall have integral washer spreaders (cones )of diameter to fully close tie holes in forms. Ties shall be equipped with an integral waterstop which shall remain in place in waterbearing structures. "Pencil-Rods" will not be allowed. 2.05 METAL FORMS A. True to detail, good condition, clean, free from dents, bends, rust and oil. Panel forms such as Symons or Advance are acceptable, provided oiled plywood liners are not used, and provided new, or used in approved good condition, serviceable plastic coated plywood liners are supplied for this project. 2.06 FORM JOINT SEALERS A. For joints between form panels, use resilient foam rubber strips, nonhardening plastic type caulking compound free of oil, or waterproof pressure-sensitive plastic tape of minimum 8 mil thickness and 2-inch width. For form tie holes, use rubber plugs, plastic caulking compound, or equal. 7/9/2007 FORMWORK 03100 - 2 260107 2.07 MOLDS A. For grooves, drips, rebates, profiles, chamfers, and similar items, smooth milled pine or douglas fir coated with specified form coating, or standard product extruded polymer plastic units of the indicated or required shapes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FORM TYPES A. Smooth Surface Concrete. Use specified smooth surface plywood or metal forms, as approved, for interior and exterior exposed above-grade concrete and all formed concrete in contact with liquids, waterproofing and protective coatings. a. General Concrete. Use either plywood or board forms for concealed surfaces, or form as specified for smooth surface concrete. Earth forming may be used only with the prior approval of the Engineer. 3.02 SHORING AND FALSE WORK A. Distribute loads properly over base area on which shoring is erected, either concrete slabs or ground; if on ground, protect against undermining or settlement, particularly against wetting of soils. a. Alignment. Construct forms to produce in finished structure all lines, grades, and camber as required. C. Camber. Provide jacks, wedges, or similar means to induce camber and to take any settlement in formwork which may occur either before or during placing of concrete. Camber for beams and slabs shall be as and where indicated on Drawings. Perform screeding in such manner as to maintain beam depths and slab thicknesses. 3.03 FORM CONSTRUCTION A. Build forms to exact shapes, sizes, lines, and dimensions as required to obtain accurate alignment, location and grades, and level and plumb Work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, keyways, recesses, chamfers, blocking, joint screens, bulkheads, anchorages, and other required features. Make forms easily removable without hammering or prying against concrete. Use approved metal spreaders to provide accurate spreading of forms. Construct forms so that no sagging, leakage, or displacement occurs during and after pouring of concrete. Coat forms with specified coating material only prior to placement of reinforcing steel; do not allow coating to contact reinforcing bars. Layout form panels in a regular and symmetrical pattern. a. Chamfers. Provide 3/4-inch x 3/4-inch chamfer strips for all exposed concrete comers and edges unless otherwise indicated. C. Recesses, Drips and Profiles. Provide types shown and required. 7/9/2007 FORMWORK 03100 - 3 260107 D. Form Joints and Tie Holes. Seal joints between form panels with specified foam plastic strips, caulking compound, or tape. Unless form tie spreaders fully seal tie holes in forms, seal around ties with specified materials and prevent leakage of concrete mortar. Form ties shall occur in a regular pattern. E. Form Windows. Provide windows in forms wherever directed or necessary for access for concrete placement, vibration, and inspection. Windows shall be of. size adequate for tremies and vibrators, spaced at maximum 8 foot centers, as approved by the Engineer. F. Cleanouts and Cleaning. Provide temporary openings in wall forms for cleaning and inspection. Prior to pouring, clean all forms and surfaces to receive concrete. G. Re-use. Clean and recondition form material before each reuse. Unsatisfactory material (in the opinion of the Engineer) shall be rejected and removed from the site. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY A. Inspection of Forms. Refer to Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete". B. Control During Concrete Placement. Workmen shall be assigned to check forms during concrete placement and to promptly seal all mortar leaks and to correct all form movement or misalignment. 3.06 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING A. Do not remove forms or shoring until concrete has attained sufficient strength to support its own weight and all imposed construction and permanent loads. Any damage. to the Work resulting from early removal of forms or shoring or early imposed loading shall be corrected at no added expense to the City. B. Form Removal. Minimum times for removal after concrete placement are as follows: Beam sides but not shoring........................................ 3 days Wall forms ............... ................................................... 2 days Forms for supported slabs but not shoring................. 14 days C. Concrete Curing During Removals. Concrete shall be thoroughly wetted as soon as forms are first loosened and shall be kept wet during the removal operations and until curing media is applied. Potable water supply with hoses shall be ready at each removal location before removal operations are commenced. Contractor shall bear costs and delays caused by any damage resulting from early removal of forms or shoring. END OF SECTION 7/9/2007 FORMWORK 03100-4 260107 SECTION 03200 CONCRETEREmFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. WORK included in this Section. Principal items are: 1. Furnishing and placing bar and mesh reinforcing for cast-in-place concrete including dowels for concrete work. B. Related WORK not included in this Section. 1. Formwork, concrete and cement finish work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code Requirements. Unless otherwise specified all work specified herein and as shown on the DRAWINGS shall conform to the applicable requirements of the Florida Building Code, latest edition B. Testing. Materials shall be tested as hereinafter specified and unless specified otherwise all sampling and testing shall be performed by a Testing Laboratory responsible to the City and with cost borne by the CITY. 1. Test Samples. Bars, ties, and stirrups shall be selected by a Testing Laboratory representative from material at the site or from place of distribution. Selection shall include at least 2 pieces, each 5-feet long, of each sampling. 2. Required Tests. a. Identified Bars. Testing will not be required if reinforcement is taken from bundles as delivered from the mill, identified as to heat number and accompanied by certified mill analyses and mill test reports, and is properly tagged with Identification Certificate so as to be readily identified, unless otherwise requested by the ENGINEER. b. Unidentified Bars. When positive identification cannot be made or when random samples are taken, tests shall be made from each 5 tons or fraction thereof for each size. One tensile and one bend test shall be made from specimens of each size of reinforcement. CONTRACTOR shall bear costs and delays caused by testing unidentified bars. C. Standard. Reinforcing steel installations shall conform to the specification requirements of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute "Manual of Standard Practice" (herein referred to as the CRSI Manual) except as otherwise indicated or specified. D. Field Quality Control. All continuous inspections shall be performed by "Special Inspectors" qualified and approved by Governing Building Code Authority or inspector as otherwise qualified and approved by the City. Reports as required by Code shall be prepared and submitted to ENGINEER, Building Department, and CONTRACTOR. 7/0!?(\(\7 CONCRETERE~ORCEMENT f\~"If\f\ 1 ""IC.f\1'V'7 1. Inspection of Reinforcing. Provide 24-hour advance notice to permit inspection of in-place reinforcement prior to closing forms, and refer to applicable requirements of Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. 2. Concreting Operations. During concrete placing, assign construction personnel to inspect reinforcement and maintain bars in correct positions at each pour location. 3. Welding Inspection. Perform shop and field welding of reinforcing steel under continuous inspection of a Special Inspector. Provide notice at least 24-hours in advance of any procedure involving the welding of reinforcement. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A. Submit the following in advance of fabrication 10 conformance with applicable requirements of Article 6.11. B. Shop Drawings. Submit shop drawings for reinforcing steel prepared in accordance with ACI 315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures". Show layouts, bending diagrams, assembly diagrams, dimensioned types and locations of all bar laps and splices, and shapes, dimensions, and details of bar reinforcing and accessories. Include layout plans for bar supports and chairs, with typical details. Dimensions and quantities shown on the shop drawings are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. The ENGINEER's approval of shop drawings shall not constitute approval of dimensions and quantities thereon. C. Catalog Data. Submit catalog data of each bar support and of each individual type chair. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCING A. Deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615-82, Grade 60 Type "S". 2.02 WELDED WIRE MESH A. Conform to ASTM A 185. Furnish in flat sheets. 2.03 TIE WIRE A. Annealed steel, 16 gage minimum. 2.04 COUPLER SPLICE DEVICES " A. Reinforcing bar coupler/splice devices which bear current LC.B.O. Research Recommendation Approval, and which develop at least 125 percent of bar yield strength in tension may be used in lieu of lapped bar type splices. Submit for ENGINEER's approval in each instance. 2.05 SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES A. Use no aluminum, galvanized steel, plastic or, stainless steel supports or accessories. Supports as herein specified shall conform to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter CONCREfE REINFORCEMENT "''''''''^^ ..... "I'<::I\'fI"7 3~ for Types SB~ BB~ BC~ JC~ HC~ CHC~ and others of standard types as required. Use precast concrete block supports with embedded wire ties or dowels for placement on grade. Use Class "1" plastic coated chairs and spacers at waterbearing surfaces~ roofs of waterbearing structures~ and at all interior or exterior surfaces exposed to view or weather in the completed structure. 2.06 FABRICATION ANDDELNERY A. Conform to CRSI Manual Chapters 6 and 7 except as otherwise indicated or specified. Bundle reinforcement and tag with suitable identification to facilitate sorting and placing~ and transport and store at site so as not to damage material. Keep a sufficient supply of tested~ approved~ and proper reinforcement at site to avoid delays. R Bending and Forming. Fabricate bars of indicated size and accurately form to shapes and lengths indicated and required by methods not injurious to materials. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to insure that all appropriate bends~ dimensions~ etc.~ are incorpomted to insure reinforcing will be installed without conflicts~ particularly at intersections of walls~ beams~ and columns. Do not heat reinforcement for bending. Bars with kinks or bends not scheduled will be rejected. Do not field bend any bars that are partially embedded in concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PLACING A. Unless otherwise indicated or specified~ conform to CRSI Manual Chapter 8 including placement tolerances~ except no reduction of concrete cover is allowable for bars at concrete surfaces. R Cleaning. Before placing reinforcing~ and again before concrete is placed~ clean reinforcement of loose mill scale~ oi1~ mu~ mortar~ concrete~ or other coating that might destroy or reduce bond. Do not allow form coatings~ release agents, bond breaker~ or curing compound to contact reinforcement. Reinforcing will not require sandblasting. C. Concrete Covemge over reinforcing bars shall be as follows: Concrete cast against eart~ formed 2" Concrete cast against earth, unformed 3" Walls 2" The coverage shall be to the outer edge of ties~ stirrups~ bar spacers~ hangers~ and like items~ and the reinforcing shall be detailed and fabricated accordingly. D. Securing in Place. Accurately place reinforcement and securely wire tie in precise position at all points where bars cross. Tie stirrups to bars at both top and bottom. Bend ends of binding wires inward allowing no encroachment on the concrete cover; exercise special care at surfaces to remain exposed and unpainted. Support bars in accordance with CRSI Manual Chapter 3~ Specifications for Placing Bar Supports, using approved chairs and supports. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT n..."'^n '" E. Splices, shall be wired contact lap splices unless otherwise indicated or approved. Splices shall conform to ACI 318, (Class B, or Class C). Lap lengths shall be as indicated on the DRAWINGS. 1. Vertical Bars. Except as specifically detailed or otherwise indicated, splicing of vertical bars in concrete is not permitted except at the indicated or approved horizontal construction joints or as otherwise specifically detailed. 2. Horizontal Bars. Unless otherwise shown, make lap splices with at least one continuous bar between adjacent splices. Splices in anyone run of bar shall be spaced at least 20 feet apart with splices in adjacent bars offset at least 10 feet. Where double mats of bars occur in walls, lap splices in opposite mats shall be offset at least 5 feet. 3. Except as otherwise indicated on the DRAWINGS, splices in circumferential reinforcement in circular walls shall be Class C splices. Adj acent bars shall not be spliced within the required lap length. 4. Compression type mechanical connectors may be used for No.9 or larger reinforcing bars in compression if approved in writing by the ENGINEER. The splice shall include concentric bearing from one bar to the other bar and shall be capable of developing 125 percent of specified yield strength. Splices in adjacent bars shall be offset at least 30 bar diameters. F. Welding, of reinforcing bars is not permitted unless indicated or approved in each case. Welds for securing crossing bars are not allowed. Perform welding in shop or field by direct electric arc process, with thoroughly trained and experienced certified operators qualified in accordance with A WS Code. Conform all welding to A WS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel". Use low-hydrogen electrodes. Welds shall develop at least 125 percent of the yield strength of the connected bars. 1. Preparation. Clean surfaces to be welded of loose scale and all foreign material. Clean welds each time electrode is changed. Chip burned edges clean before welds are deposited. 2. Characteristics of Welds. When brushed with wire brushes, completed welds shall exhibit uniform section, smoothness of welded metal, feather edges without undercuts or overlays, freedom from porosity and clinkers, and good fusion with penetration into base metal. Cut out welds or parts of welds found defective with chisel and replace with proper workmanship; cutting torch for removing defective welding is not acceptable. G. Additional Reinforcing. Provide additional reinforcing bars at sleeves and openings as indicated or required. H. Welded Wire Mesh. Install necessary supports and chairs to hold the mesh in place during concrete pours. Straighten mesh to lay in flat plane and bend mesh as shown or required to fit work. Laps shall be no less than two complete mesh or 12-inch, unless otherwise detailed. Tie every other wire at laps. END OF SECTION CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT SECTION 03300 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide cast-in-place concrete work, complete as indicated, specified and required. B. WORK Included in This Section. Principal items are: 1. All cast-in-place concrete including footings, walls and slabs. 2. Concrete finishing. 3. Concrete curing. C. Related WORK Not Included in This Section. 1. Formwork and reinforcing WORK. 2. Site preparation and earthwork. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Except as herein modified, concrete WORK shall conform to requirements of ACI 301, latest edition, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, and to requirements of ACI Standards and Recommended Practices, except as modified herein. The Contractor shall keep a minimum of one (1) copy of the referenced ACI and ASTM Specifications in the field office at all times. 1.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Code Requirements. Unless more stringent requirements are specified herein and/or shown on the DRAWINGS all WORK shall conform to the applicable requirements of the Florida Building Code, latest edition. B. Testing. Materials shall be tested as hereinafter specified and unless specified otherwise all sampling and testing shall be performed by City approved Testing Laboratory with cost borne by the City. In instances of retesting and/or reinspection because of faulty materials or methods, costs of replacement, retesting and reinspection shall be borne by the Contractor. 1. a. Portland Cement. Submit notarized Mill Certificates, provided by the cement manufactUrer, including full compliance with requirements specified. In the absence of certificates, Testing Laboratory shall perform tests for each 250 barrels of cement at Contractor's expense, tests made in accordance with ASTM CI50 with test made at 7 days. Cement shall be tagged for identification at location of sampling. b. Flyash. Submit data and notarized certificate, provided by the flyash supplier, that the flyash is in compliance with ASTM C618, Class F. 2. Stone Aggregate for Concrete. Test aggregate before concrete mix is established and whenever character or source of material is changed. Include a sieve analysis to 7/9/2007 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 1 260107 determine conformity with limits of gradation. In accordance with ASTM D75, take samples of aggregates at source of supply or at the ready-mix concrete plant. a. Sieve Analysis. ASTM C136. b. Organic Impurities. ASTM C40. Fine aggregate shall develop a color not darker than reference standard color. c. Soundness. ASTM C88. Loss resulting therefrom, after 5 cycles, shall not exceed 10% of coarse aggregate, 10% for fine aggregate. d. Abrasion of Concrete Aggregate. ASTM C131; loss shall not exceed 10-112% after 100 revolutions, 45% after 500 revolutions. e. Deleterious Materials. ASTM C33. f. Material Finer Than 200 (75um) Sieve. ASTM C117; not to exceed 1% for gravel, 1.5% for crushed aggregate per ASTM C33. g. Reactivity Potential. ASTM C289. Ratio of silica released to reduction in alkalinity shall not exceed 1.0. 1.04 CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS AND PRELIMINARY TESTS AND SUBMITTALS A. Testing Laboratory shall prepare mix designs for all cast-in-place concrete and shall perform preliminary testing in accordance with the following requirements. Test results shall be submitted to the ENGINEER. Or at Contractor's option, as approved in advance of placement, structural concrete mix designs may be based upon field experience with materials to be employed when certified test results, and criteria meet or exceed herein specified requirements, and when supplier certifies that materials to be supplied are those represented by such tests. During job progress, verification of such results shall be by Independent Testing Laboratory paid for by the Contractor. B. Mix Designs. 1. Basis for Mix Designs. Design concrete mixes for workability of mix and durability of concrete. Concrete mixes shall be rigidly controlled in accordance with laboratory trial batch method or combinations of materials previously evaluated as required by Sections 5.3, Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318-95), of the American Concrete Institute and to satisfy herein specified concrete strength requirements. When in the opinion of ENGINEER it becomes necessary to increase the cement content to gain the required strength, such adjustment shall be made at the Contractor's expense. 2. Compressive Strength Requirements. Unless otherwise shown on the DRAWINGS or otherwise specified herein, normal weight aggregate concrete mixes shall provide the following minimum compressive strength for use in various locations: a. Class 1, 4,000 psi Concrete shall be provided throughout except as hereinafter specified. b. Class 2, 3,000 psi Concrete shall be provided for concrete used in: on-grade walks, paving, curbs, gutters, fence post footings, and similar miscellaneous concrete works. c. Class 3, Three Sack (282 Ibs. of cement) Concrete Mix shall be provided for encasement of pipe or conduit, for fills for over-excavations and other locations requiring similar non-structural concrete. 7/9/2007 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2 260107 3. Water/Cement Plus Flyash Ratios. Except for Class 3 concrete, mixes for normal weight aggregate concrete shall be designed within the following maximum water/cement plus flyash ratios when concrete is to be used in the various locations: a. For 4,000 psi concrete, water/ cement ratio shall be no greater than 0.45. b. For 3,000 psi concrete, normal weight concrete, prepare mix designs in conformance with ACI 301 with Contractor having option of selecting water/cement ratio which assures compatibility with strength and workability requirements, but not greater than 0.53. 4. Admixtures. Add to concrete mixes, upon approval prior to use, and modify mix design proportions accordingly. C. Preliminary Strength Tests. In laboratory, prepare 9 compression test cylinders for each concrete mix design (unless more tests are required for an earlier age). Fabricate and cure cylinders in accordance with ASTM C192. Use concrete, aggregates and admixtures proposed for the concrete work. In accordance with ASTM C192, test three sets of two cylinders at 28-day age. For each mix, no individual strength test result shall fall below the required compressive strength requirements. 1. When mix designs meeting the requirements of this specification have a prior performance history, submit mix designs with supporting data and producing plant's standard deviation in accordance with ACI 318-95. D. Drying Shrinkage Tests. Por each mix design used for preliminary strength tests, using same concrete materials including admixtures, prepare 3 test specimens for drying shrinkage testing. Drying shrinkage specimens shall be 4-inch by 4-inch by II-inch prisms with an effective gage length of 10 inches fabricated, cured, dried and measured in accordance with ASTM C 157. Specimens shall be removed from molds at an age of 23 ::1:1 hours after trial batching, shall be placed immediately in water at 730P::I:30 for at least 30 minutes, and shall be measured within 30 minutes thereafter to determine original length and then submerged in saturated lime water at 730F, ::1:3 of. Measurement to determine expansion expressed as a percentage of original length shall be made at age 7 days. This length at age 7 days shall be the base length for drying shrinkage calculations. Specimens then shall be stored immediately in a humidity control room maintained at 730F, ::I:30P, and 50%, ::1:4% relative humidity for the remainder of the test. Measurements to determine shrinkage expressed as percentage of base length shall be made and reported separately for 7, 14, and 21 days of drying after 7 days of moist curing. The average drying shrinkage of each set of test specimens after 21 days of drying shall not exceed 0.036% for concrete in all portions of waterbearing structures and not exceed 0.048% for all other structural concrete. Single specimens shall be within a tolerance of 25% of said maximum percentage. E. Reports. Submit 3 copies of each mix design, preliminary strength test report, and drying shrinkage test report to the ENGINEER for review and approvaL Contractor shall submit a letter of certification that the concrete materials, mixes, properties, and WORK conform to the requirements indicated and specified. F. Sequencing. Before placing any concrete, submit to the ENGINEER for review and approval, a plan indicating placement sequence, location of construction joints on the DRAWINGS, finish applications, etc., to verify conformance to these SPECIFICATIONS. 7/9/2007 CAST-IN~LACECONCRETE 03300 - 3 260107 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in a timely manner to insure uninterrupted progress of WORK. Store materials in a manner that will preclude damage and permit ready access for inspection and identification. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement. Standard brand of domestic Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type II and Class "F" flyash. Do not change brand of cement during progress of WORK without written approval of the ENGINEER. B. Normal Weight (Stone) Aggregates. Furnish natural aggregates from approved pits, free from opaline, chert, feldspar, mica, siliceous magnesium limestone or other deleterious or reactive substances. Conform to ASTM C33 except as modified herein. Fine aggregates shall pass a #4 sieve. Do not use pozzolan or other additives to compensate for aggregate alkali reactivity. ' 1. Coarse Aggregates. Clean, hard, fine-grained sound crushed rock or washed gravel which does not contain in excess of 5% in weight of flat, chip-like, thin, elongated, friable or laminated pieces, or more than 2% by weight of total amount of cherty material and soft particles, or more than 1 % of chert as soft material as defined on Table 3 of ASTM C33. Consider any piece having a major dimension in excess of 5 times its average dimension to be flat or elongated. 2. Maximum Sizes. Except for concrete in water bearing structures where coarse aggregate sizes per Table 2 of ASTM C33 shall be No. 467 (1-112 ins.) , No. 57 (1 in.) , or No. 67 (3/4 in.) as otherwise required by design, specifications and ASTM C- 33, and except that coarse aggregate nominal maximum size shall not exceed one- fifth the narrowest dimension between sides of forms and reinforcing steel, one-third the depth of slabs, or three-fourths of minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars. 3. Quality. All aggregates shall meet the test requirements of Article "Source Quality Control" hereinbefore. C. Admixtures. Use one manufacturer's products throughout. Upon ENGINEER's approval of use and of a particular brand or type, assure that use is reflected in mix designs. 1. General. Use no admixture containing chlorides or triethanolamine. Admixtures used in combination shall be physically and chemically compatible and shall be so certified by each admix manufacturer and by Testing Laboratory that prepared respective mix designs. 2. Retarding-Densifier Admixture. In all classes of Concrete and in amounts recommended by manufacturer, as approved by the ENGINEER, use water-reducing, retarding chemical admixture conforming to ASTM C 494, Type D. The admixture shall provide the following, and Contractor shall provide proof thereof at time of request for approval: a. Decrease drying shrinkage. b. Increase compressive strength at all ages up to and including five years. c. Increase flexural strength, modulus of elasticity, and abrasive resistance. 7/9/2007 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 4 260107 d. The water-cement ratio and required strengths shall be maintained as scheduled (cement factor for a cubic yard of concrete, reduced proportionately). e. There shall be no loss of workability resulting from reduction in slump. If the admixture is of liquid type, it must be considered in proportioning water. 3. Superplasticizer. At CONTRACTOR's option, as approved by the ENGINEER, a high-range water reducing admixture (superplasticizer) conforming to ASTM C-494 Type F or G may be used to increase workability. The concrete shall be so designed that segregation and excessive bleeding shall not occur. D. Water. From a domestic potable water source. E. Expansion Joint Material. Type I, preformed sponge neoprene expansion joint filler conforming to AASHTO Designation M-153. F. Concrete Joint Sealants. For sealing joints in non-waterbearing concrete surfaces, use materials conforming with requirements specified in Section 07920, "Sealants and Caulking". For sealing concrete joints which will be immersed or intermittently immersed in water use: Karlee Company's "Lastex Mil I 00 percent solids polyurethane sealant; Mameco International's Vulkem 227, Vulkem 45, or Vulkem 245 contingent upon need for self-leveling, non-sag and atmospheric humidity at time of usage; Hunt's Seal Flex 227-U Special Reservoir Grade polyurethane sealant; or equal. I. Primer. Use primer produced and/or recommended by sealant manufacturer. 2. Back-up Preformed Joint Filler. Use closed cell polyethylene foam or equal impervious, compatible, compressible foam material recommended for retaining sealant depth in expansion joints while curing. Use no bitumen or oil saturated material. 3. Bond Breakers, where required, shall be polyethylene tape or equal as recommended by sealant manufacturer to prevent adherence of sealant to back-up material. G. Nonshrink Grout. Use "Masterf1ow 713" manufactured by Master Builders, or equal nonmetallic, nonshrinking, nonstaining, premixed, water and oil resistant, high-strength grout meeting U.S. Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C621-80 (formerly CRD- C588-79) with manufacturer's nondisclaimer type warrantee provided. H. Deferred Bolting Devices (D.B.D.) may be used in lieu of anchor bolts and expansion bolts where approved, and shall consist of the following except as otherwise indicated. Install in accordance with current LC.B.O. Research Report approval. I. Anchorages shall consist of all stainless steel, Type 316, Hilti HSL heavy duty expansion anchors, Hilti HV A adhesive anchors, or equal. 2. D.B.D. will not be acceptable for anchorage of any vibrating machinery or equipment. 1. Epoxy. Epoxies for grouting, crack repair, patching, bonding or other uses shall be as follows as manufactured by Adhesive Engineering Company, Sika Chemical Company, or equal by other manufacturer. Use products of single manufacturer throughout the construction. I. All epoxy mixing, surface preparation and application shall be made in conformance with manufacturer's printed specifications, as approved by the ENGINEER. 2. For bonding new concrete to old concrete and for grouting metal anchors, use Sika's "Sikadur Hi-Mod", Adhesive Engineering Company's Concresive 1001-LPL, except 7/9/2007 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 5 260107 Concresive 1170 or 1422 shall be used as recommended by manufacturer to satisfy entailed project temperature and surface moisture variations at time of application; or equal. 3. For patching concrete surfaces, making high strength epoxy concrete or grout, and grouting metal anchors, use: Sika's "Sikadur Hi-Mod LV"; Adhesive Engrg. Company's "Concresive 1180"; or equal. 4. For pressure injection or gravity-feed grouting, use; Sika's "Hi-Mod LV"; Adhesive Engrg. Company's "Concresive Structural Concrete Bonding Process System" as recommended by manufacturer; or equal. 5. All existing concrete that is cut or chipped and is left exposed shall receive two coats of Sika's Colma-Sol, or approved equal. 2.02 CONCRETE MIXES A. 28-Day Compressive Strength. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to mix, place, and cure concrete which shall be of 140 lb/cu. ft. nominal density and which shall attain the specified compressive strengths as specified in paragraph 1.04. B. Maximum Aggregate Size. Conform to paragraph 2.01 B.2, and for Class "3" use 3/4 inch maximum size aggregate and for Class "1" and Class "2" use 1-112 inch maximum size aggregate unless otherwise designated. In no case shall the size of the coarse aggregate exceed 75% of the horizontal space between reinforcing bars or between reinforcing bars and forms. C. Mix Designs. Conform with requirements of paragraph 1.04, "Concrete Mix Designs and Preliminary Tests". At least 30 days before any Class concrete is to be placed, the Contractor shall submit for approval, mix designs for each proposed mix made by a Testing Laboratory approved by the City or mix designs providing concrete having specified requirements and as standard with ready mix suppliers may be submitted in accordance with ACI 318-89. 2.03 CONCRETE MIXING A. Concrete shall be ready-mixed, supplied from an off-site commercial ready-mix plant approved by City, each load accompanied by a signed certificate listing the quantity of each concrete ingredient, admixture quantity, water content and slump, and time of loading and departure from ready-mix plant. Also include notations to indicate equipment was checked and found to be free of contaminants prior to batching. B. Ready-Mixed Concrete. Unless approved otherwise in advance of bat ching all concrete of a single design mix for anyone day's pour shall be from a single batch plant of a single supplier. Conform to ASTM C94, except materials, testing and mix design shall be as specified herein. Use transit mixers equipped with automatic devices for recording number of revolutions of drum. C. Mixing Water Limitations. If water is added at the batching plant, ready-mixed concrete shall not be held in the mixer for more than 90 minutes from the time the water is added. Do not deliver ready-mixed concrete to job with the total specified amount of water incorporated therein. Withhold up to 2-1/2 U.S. gal. of water JJer cubic yard, then incorporate in mix before concrete is discharged from mixer truck. If no water is added at the batching plant, measured quantities of water shall be added at the site and a minimum 7/9/2007 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 6 260107 of fifteen minutes mixing given, or mixing to overcome segregation. Adding of water shall only be under observation of ENGINEER. Each mixer truck shall arrive at the job site with its water container full. In event container is not full or concrete tests to a greater slump than specified, the load is subject to rejection. D. Job Mixed Concrete. Contractor shall obtain the approval of the ENGINEER for equipment and procedures proposed for job mixed concrete. E. Consistency. Adjust quantity of water so concrete does not exceed maximum slumps specified when placed or specified water cement ratio; use minimum necessary for workability required by the part of the structure being cast. Measure consistency of - concrete in accordance with ASTM C143. Concrete exceeding maximum slump verified by retesting will be rejected. Part of Structure Footings Slabs Walls Maximum Slumt;> 3-inches 4-inches S-inches PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION BEFORE PLACING. A. All footing excavations shall be inspected by a qualified geotechnical engineer to verify all design criteria and report any adverse conditions to the Engineer. Services of the Geotechnical Engineer shall be paid by Contractor. B. Remove excess water from forms before concrete is deposited. Divert any flow of water without washing over freshly deposited concrete. Remove hardened concrete, debris, and foreign materials from interior of forms and from inner surfaces of mixing and conveying equipment. C. Reinforcement shall have been secured under work of Sections 03100 and 03200, and inspected and approved. Embedded metal shall be free of old mortar, oils, mill scale, and other encrustations or coatings that might reduce bond. Wheeled concrete-handling equipment shall not be wheeled over reinforcing nor shall runways be supported on reinforcing. D. Wetting. Wet wood forms sufficiently to tighten up cracks. Wet other materials sufficiently to reduce suction and maintain concrete workability. E. Earth Subgrade. Finely grade subgrades until smooth and level. Lightly dampen 24 hours in advance of concrete placing, but not muddied. Remove all loose materials. Place screeds accurately at intervals not exceeding eight (8) feet. Support screeds on adjustable removable metal screed supports. 7/9/2007 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 7 260107 3.02 JOINTS IN CONCRETE A. Locate joints in concrete where indicated and approved. Obtain approval of points of stoppage of any pour. B. Construction Joints. Unless otherwise shown, all construction joints shall be provided with suitable keyways or other keying methods. Clean and roughen contact surfaces of construction joints by removing entire surface and exposing clean aggregate solidly embedded in mortar matrix. Use mechanical chipping, sandblasting, or application of surface mortar retarder followed by washing and scrubbing with stiff broom. Cover and protect inserts from damage. The hardened concrete shall be watered. and kept wet for at least 24 hours before placing new concrete. Just prior to placing adjoining concrete, slush face of construction joints with 1:2 mix of cement and sand mixed to paint consistency. At construction joints not containing waterstops, the coarseness amplitude of the prepared surface shall be 1/4-inch min. in accordance with ACI 318-95. The maximum spacing between construction joints shall be 30 feet. C. Expansion Joints. Use principally to relieve slab pressures where exterior slabs abut structure. Provide where indicated, I-inch width unless otherwise detailed. Except where synthetic rubber (sealant) sealed joints are shown or specified, provide expansion joint filler and joint sealer, filler held down lIZ-inch to 3/4-inch and sealer finished flush with surface. At synthetic rubber sealed joints, hold filler down lIZ-inch unless otherwise shown, ready to receive sealant. D. Concrete Pouring Sequence. Make concrete pours for slabs on grade and structural slabs in an alternating checkerboard pattern sequence. Make concrete pours for walls in an alternating pattern sequence between indicated construction joints. In-place concrete shall be cured a minimum of 48 hours before contiguous pours are made. 3.03 CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE A. Do not pour concrete until reinforcing steel and forms have been inspected and approved as specified in Sections 03100 and 03200. Notify ENGINEER not less than one full working day in advance of readiness for inspection of forms and reinforcing. Notify ENGINEER not less than 24 hours prior to concrete placement. Handle or pump no concrete utilizing aluminum equipment. B. Weather. Do not place concrete during rain or freezing weather unless approved measures are taken to prevent damage to concrete. Concrete placed during periods of dry winds, low humidity, high temperatures, and other conditions causing rapid drying shall be initially cured with a fine fog spray of water applied immediately after finishing and maintained untl1 final curing operations are started. Also under hot weather conditions, steps shall be taken to reduce concrete temperature and water evaporation by proper attention to ingredients, production methods, handling, placing, protection, and curing. Subject to ENGINEER's approval, applicable preventative measures shall be taken for placing concrete during hot and cold weather in conformance with ACI Reports 305R-9l and 306R-88 respectively entitled, "Hot Weather Concreting", and "Cold Weather Concreting". In no case shall the temperature of concrete being placed exceed 92 degrees farenheight. 7/9/2007 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 8 260107 C. Conveying. Convey concrete in accordance with ACI 304R-89. Do not drop concrete from its point of release at mixer, hoppers, tremies, or conveyances more than 3-feet, nor through reinforcing bars in a manner that causes segregation. Provide form windows, tremies, elephant trunks, and equivalent devices as required for placement and inspection. The use of chutes for conveying or depositing concrete is not allowed except for small isolated portions of the WORK and only with prior approval of ENGINEER. Deposit concrete directly into conveyances and from conveyances to final points of repose. Deposit concrete so that the surface is kept level throughout, a minimum being permitted to flow from one portion to another. D. Placing Concrete. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R-89. Concrete shall be placed and compacted within 90 minutes after water is first added to the mix, and no concrete shall .g~ placed after there is eyidence of initial set. Retempering of concrete is not allowed." 1. Horizontal Construction Joints. Horizontal surfaces of previously placed and hardened concrete shall be wet and covered with specified brush coat of sand/cement mix then covered with a 6-inch thick layer of concrete of the design mix with 50% of coarse aggregate omitted just before balance of concrete is placed. 2. Lifts. Pour concrete into forms immediately after mixing in a manner that will prevent separation of ingredients. Except as interrupted by joints, all formed concrete shall be placed in continuous, approximately horizontal layers, the depths of which generally shall not exceed 18 inches. The ENGINEER will require lesser depths where necessary to ensure each new lift is being placed while the previous layer is still soft and so the two layers can be made monolithic by penetration of the vibrators. All construction joints which will be exposed to view shall be made straight and level or plumb. a. Walls. Pour walls one continuous operation from footing to top of wall between indicated construction joints at the specified pour rate. Each section of wall shall be in place at least 7 days before the adjoining wall section is cast. b. Slabs. Pour slabs as one continuous operation between indicated or approved construction joints. Cure in-place slabs not less than 7 days prior to pouring conjugate slabs. Then continue to cure until required curing time is attained. 3. Pumping Concrete. No increase in the specified slumps will be allowed and required water/cement ratios shall be maintained for concrete pumping. Aluminum tubes are not acceptable for conveying concrete. Equipment shall be capable of maintaining the specified pour rates. Conform with requirements of ACI 304.2R-96, except as more stringent requirements are specified herein. Minimum conduit (tube) diameter shall be 4-inches. 4. Pour Rates. a. Vertical Elements. Place concrete in lifts as specified at a rate that does not overstress forms nor allows the top of a lift to begin to harden before the next lift is placed. b. Slabs. Place concrete at a rate that ensures all deposits are joined to concrete that is still plastic. c. Concrete adjoining a construction joint shall not be placed until the adjoining concrete has cured for at least seven days unless approved by the ENGINEER. E. Consolidation. Effective consolidation shall be obtained by vibration, agitation, spading, and rodding until the concrete is free from voids, air bubbles, or rock pockets. Vibrators 7/9/2007 CAST-IN~LACECONCRETE 03300 - 9 260107 shall not be used to transport concrete within the forms. No less than one spare vibrator for each two vibrators in use on a pour, each in good working condition shall be kept on the job during pours. One experienced workman shall be assigned to the operation of each vibrator as his only duty. Operations not deemed to be satisfactory by the ENGINEER shall be immediately corrected. 1. Vibration. All concrete, with the exception of concrete slabs 4-inch or less in depth, shall be compacted with high frequency, internal mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading and tamping. Concrete slabs 4 inch or less in depth shall be consolidated by wood or metal grid tampers, spading and settling with a heavy leveling straight edge. Carefully vibrate concrete around waterstops and ensure - the waterstops are not bent or damaged. a. Vibrators shall be designed to operate with vibratory element submerged in the concrete, and shall have a frequency of not less than 7,000 nor greater than 12,500 impulses per minute when submerged. The vibrating equipment shall be adequate at all times in number of units and power of each unit to consolidate the concrete to the maximum practicable density so that it is free from air pockets, honeycombs, entrapped air and so it closes snugly against all surfaces of forms and embedded items. b. Operation of Vibrators. Do not allow vibrators to contact forms or reinforcing. In vibrating a freshly placed layer of concrete, the vibrator shall be inserted vertically through the preceding layers that are still completely plastic and slowly withdrawn, producing the maximum obtainable density in the concrete without creating voids. Under no circumstances shall the vibrator enter or disturb concrete that has stiffened or partially set. The interval of vibrator placing shall not exceed 2/3 the effective visible vibration diameter of the submerged vibrator. A void excessive vibration that causes concrete segregation or causes an inordinate amount of entrained air to move to the face of the forms. c. Re- Vibration of Retarded Concrete. Concrete containing retarding admixture for structural walls and columns shall be placed on a schedule that allows each layer of concrete to be in place and compacted for at least 30 minutes before the next layer of concrete is placed. Bleed water on the surface of the concrete shall be removed before additional concrete is placed and the concrete in place re-vibrated before the next lift is placed. At tops of walls and columns concrete containing excess water or fine aggregate caused by vibration shall be removed while plastic, and the space filled with compacted concrete of the correct proportions, vibrated in place. F. Slabs. Set screeds at maximum centers, as approved and verify correct elevations and consideration for any camber in the form. Compact and tamp concrete to bring 3/8-inch mortar to surface, and wood float to straight edges and screeds. Make finished surfaces level or sloped as detailed, with maximum deviation of 1I4-inch from 10-foot straight edge for exposed finishes, and there shall be no low spots to impound water. Do not use steel or plastic floats of any kind for initial floating operations. Unless otherwise specified, do not apply hereinafter specified finishes until surface water disappears and surface is sufficiently hardened. Remove all bleed water and laitance as it appears. 3.04 CURING FORMED CONCRETE A. Maintain forms containing concrete in a thoroughly wet condition until forms are removed. Maintain all concrete in a continuously moist condition for not less than 7 7/9/2007 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 10 260107 consecutive days after pouring. Keep concrete moist with fine fog spray until protected by curing materials. Use water curing method, specified liquid membrane-forming compound with fugitive dye, or concrete curing paper or mats, all subject to approval for each specific use. 3.05 FINISHING FORMED CONCRETE A. Immediately remove projections and offsets. Saturate form tie holes with water and fill voids with mortar of same mix as concrete (less coarse aggregate), cure, and dry. Cut out all surface holes lI4-inch and larger, all rock pockets and damaged surfaces to sound concrete, edges square to surface and back beveled. Apply approved epoxy concrete - adhesive and fill patched area with mortar as specified for the holes; allow mortar to . temper liZ-hour before placing. Finish patches flush with adjoining surfaces and cure the same as the concrete. No other finishing operations are required for permanently concealed concrete. B. All exposed interior and exterior formed concrete shall have a Class 1 surface finish in strict conformance with requirements of Section 400-15 ofFDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. Without exception, concrete shall be finished no later than the day following form removal. 3.06 FINISHING SLABS AND FLATWORK. A. As specified above, initially compact, bring 3/8-inch mortar to surface and float surfaces. Finished surfaces shall be "puddle-free" and level or sloped as indicated to above specified maximum deviation limits. Surfaces which are not within these limits shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to City. Patching is not acceptable. Keep surface moist with fine fog spray of water to prevent drying during finishing operations and until curing media is applied. Dusting with cement or sand during finishing operations is not permitted. B. Precautions. Slabs have not been designed for heavy construction loads. CONTRACTOR shall repair or replace damaged slabs resulting from his use of heavy equipment or loadings as approved by the ENGINEER. C. Rough Slabs. Broom surfaces of slab after initial set of concrete leaving coarse aggregate slightly exposed. Apply on following areas and surfaces: 1. Concrete to receive deferred concrete, grout or mortar. D. Monolithic Trowel Finish. For all floor, slab, and flatwork surfaces not otherwise indicated or specified. After surface water disappears and floated surface is sufficiently hardened, steel trowel and retrowel to smooth surface. After concrete has set enough to ring trowel, retrowel to a smooth uniform fmish free of trowel marks or other blemishes. Avoid excessive troweling that produces burnished areas. E. Wood Float Finish. Float to screeds. When ready, finish with wood floats to a uniformly textured surface. Apply on following areas and surfaces: 1. Exterior walking surfaces exceeding 1: 1 0 slope. F. Hair Broom Finish. Provide medium broom fmish produced by steel troweling followed by texturing with a stiff hair broom non-slip fmish matching sample selected by CITY 7/9/2007 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 11 260107 from Contractor prepared 2-foot square panels. Run texture transverse to the direction of traffic or slope. As selected, provide at exterior, aprons, ramps pads and similar site features. 3.07 CURING SLABS AND FLATWORK A. Apply curing media as soon as feasible after finishing operations without marring surfaces, and in any case on same day. Keep surfaces moist until curing is applied. Apply liquid compounds in strict accordance with material manufacturer's published application rates; apply 2 spray coats, second coat sprayed at right angle direction from first coat. Carefully mask and protect adjoining surfaces where compound is used. B. Curing Period and Protection. Maintain curing materials in proper sealed condition for minimum of 14 days after application. Keep traffic on curing surfaces to minimum possible, and completely off liquid compound cured surfaces. Immediately restore any damaged or defective curing media. C. Restriction. Do not use liquid membrane-forming curing compound on surfaces to receive deferred concrete or masonry, or on surfaces to receive fluid-applied protective coatings or waterproofing. D. Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound. Except as restricted above, use liquid curing compound for all slabs, floors, and flatwork. . E. Sheet Curing. Use concrete curing sheet material, all joints sealed with pressure-sensitive tape; immediately repair any tears during curing period. Verify that surfaces remain damp for full curing period; if necessary or directed, lift sheeting and wet surfaces with clean water, and replace sheeting. Use on surfaces where liquid curing is not permitted. F. Water Curing. Alternate to either liquid curing compound or sheet curing method. All concrete, particularly exposed surfaces, shall be treated immediately after concreting or cement finishing is completed to provide continuous moist curing above 50 degrees F for at least 7 days, regardless of the ambient air temperature. Walls and vertical surfaces may be covered with continuously saturated burlap, or other approved means; horizontal surfaces, slabs, etc., shall be ponded to a depth of 1/2-inch or kept continuously wet by use of wet burlap. 3.08 CHAMFERS AND FILLETS A. Unless otherwise shown on the DRAWINGS or directed by the ENGINEER exposed edges of formed concrete structure shall be provided with a 3/4-inch x 3/4-inch chamfer, or shall be cham~ered by means of a 3/8 inch radius rounding tool. 3.09 JOINTS WITH SEALANT A. Prepare surfaces and joints, mix and apply sealant in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed specifications by a firm specializing in this type of work for not less than five (5) years, or by the Contractor under direct supervision of the manufacturer's representative. B. Manufacturer's Supervision. A technical representative of the sealant manufacturer shall be present at the time sealant operations are started to supervise and approve preparation, 7/9/2007 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 12 260107 sealant mixing, and sealant applications procedures and applicators. The representative shall make frequent visits to the site to ensure the sealant installations conform to the manufacturer's instructions, and shall issue a written report to ENGINEER covering each visit. C. Sandblast joints to clean sound concrete, using oil-free air to provide surfaces free of oil, foreign materials, and moisture. Install foam backing in joints so sealant depth is between 1/2 and 2/3 of joint width. Isolate backing from sealant using a bond breaker such as polyethylene tape, aluminum foil, or wax paper. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Continuous Observation. At City's expense, Class "1" and Class "2" concrete shall be placed under the continuous observation of the ENGINEER. B. Concrete Tests. Concrete Materials Engineering Council (CMEC) certified Testing Laboratory approved by the CITY shall perform the concrete testing under the observation of the ENGINEER. All tests shall be performed by an ACI Level 1 certified technician. The technician shall observe all concrete placement and shall remain on site until all concrete has been delivered for each concrete placement. 1. Compression Tests. Make one set of at least four standard test cylinders from each placement and each 100 cubic yards, or fraction thereof of each class of concrete. Date cylinder, number and tag, indicating location in structure from which sample was taken. Indicate slump test result of sample. Do not make more than one set of test cylinders from any batch of concrete. 2. Test Cylinders. Obtain concrete samples in accordance with ASTM C 172. Provide for Testing Laboratory to take test cylinders at the job in accordance with ASTM C31. Test specimens in accordance with ASTM C39 at the age of 7 and 28 days. Contractor shall furnish labor and assistance for casting test cylinders, and shall furnish moist curing cabinets, as required, conforming to ASTM C31 at the site. 3. Core Tests. Should strength of concrete, as indicated by tests, fall below required minimum, then additional tests of concrete which the unsatisfactory samples represent may be required by the ENGINEER. Testing Laboratory will make such test in accordance with ASTM C42. Contractor shall fill the holes made by cutting cores with dry non-shrink grout. Tests for below-strength concrete shall be paid for by the Contractor even though such tests indicate the concrete has obtained the required minimum compressive strength. 4. Air Content. At time the compression test cylinders are cast, test a sample of the concrete for air content in accordance with ASTM C231 or ASTM C 173. 3.11 QUALITY OF WORK A. Concrete WORK which is found to be in any way defective or out of tolerance may be ordered by the ENGINEER to be removed and replaced. Should this occur all costs shall be paid by the Contractor. B. Concrete containing the following principal defects shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER, at no additional cost to the City. 1. Not meeting minimum strength. 2. Not formed properly as indicated. 7/9/2007 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 13 260107 3. Not true, plumb or level. 4. Cracks detrimental to performance or appearance. 5. Shavings, debris, honeycomb or voids. C. Replacement of defective concrete by Contractor shall include all expense of additional testing and inspections required as a result of such defective concrete. Repair of holes from core cutting is also included in this provision. END OF SECTION 7/9/2007 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 14 260107 SECTION 03400 PRECAST CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide precast concrete drainage structures, manholes, junction boxes, and other precast concrete items as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. Provide anchor bolts, inserts, and other accessories in cast-in-place concrete as required for installation of precast concrete units; erection including necessary shimming, welding, and removal of lifting hooks; and grouting and welding as required between precast members. B. Work Included in this Section. 1. Storm drainage and surface water management structures. 2. Storm manholes. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere. 1. Section 02200 - Site Preparation and Earthwork. 2. Section 03100 - Formwork. 3. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 4. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. 5. Section 03601 - Grout and Fill 6. Section 07920 - Sealants and Caulking. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Article 6.11 and shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Shop drawings for review showing wall thickness, reinforcing, and the location and diameter of all penetrations. 2. Shop drawings showing the dimensions, weights and other details for all castings, grates, frames, and covers. 3. Detailed fabrication and erection drawings. Fabrication of precast structures shall not proceed until shop drawings and calculations are approved by the Engineer. Designs submitted shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer duly registered in the State of Florida. For all precast structures, submit signed and sealed design calculations that include flotation calculations for Construction Factor of Safety and loading redistribution for any cut-outs, headers, penetrations, etc. Shop drawings shall include, but not be limited to, design loads, fabrication details, location of prestressing steel, layout plan, connection and anchorage details whether or not shown 7/9/2007 PRECAST CONCRETE 03400 - 1 260107 on Drawings and member identification marks. Identification markers shall appear on manufactured units to facilitate correct field placement. 4. Inserts, hangers, pipe sleeves, and block-outs required by various trades or as indicated on the drawings shall be located and detailed on the shop drawings. Such items shall be cast as detailed. Omissions or changes in location or details by the Contractor or the various trades shall be done at the expense of the Contractor. 5. Signed and sealed flotation calculations, using Construction Factor of Safety, shall be submitted for all below grade FDOT structures as shown on the Drawings. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers of precast items shall submit evidence indicating a minimum of 5 years experience in the design and fabrication of the type of item being submitted. 1.04 MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Precast structures shall be stored off the ground In accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Precast concrete inlets, manholes, and drainage structures shall be in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C478 and shall conform to ACI 318 and ACI 301. Precast concrete structures shall be cast using Type II cement and flyash conforming to the requirements of ASTM C618, Class F. Concrete shall confonn to the requirements of Section 03300. B. Sealing compound for precast concrete manholes and stonnwater structures shall be equal to double ring Ram-Nec as manufactured by K. T. Snyder Company, Inc., Houston, Texas. C. Reinforcement. 1. Prestressing Steel; Uncoated 7-wire, stress-relieved strand in accordance with ASTM A416, Grade 250K or 270K. 2. Bars, Defonned and Plain Billet-Steel, ASTM A615, Grade 60. D. Grout. Ordinary cement-sand grout in accordance with Section 03601. E. Caulking. In accordance with Section 07920. 2.03 FABRICATION OF PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES 7/9/2007 PRECAST CONCRETE 03400 - 2 260107 . A. Precast concrete structures shall be manufactured at an existing plant. Satisfactory evidence shall be provided to the Engineer to substantiate that the fabricator(s) has the organization and plant for performing the work and is capable of maintaining the schedule required. B. No inserts, fasteners, etc., shall be placed in precast structures without approval of the manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES A. Excavation and backfill shall conform to the requirements of Section 02200. B. Precast concrete units shall be installed at the grade and alignment shown on Drawings. C. Cooperate with other trades in permitting insertion of anchors, hangers, and other appurtenances. D. Cracking or other defects occurring prior to installation or acceptance shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, and cracked or damaged units shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer at no cost to the City. E. Permanently secure in position without forcing or imposing undue. stress or loads on any portion of the work. F. Install dowel reinforcement as shown on Drawings and as required by the manufacturer. Install in conformance to Section 03200. G. After installation all precast units and the connecting piping shall be flushed and all silt, dirt, trash, and debris removed and the completed system left in a clean condition ready for operation. 3.02 GROUTING A. Between edges, fill with grout. Remove any grout that may seep before it hardens. END OF SECTION 7/9/2007 PRECAST CONCRETE 03400 - 3 260107 SECTION 03601 GROUT AND FILL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope of Work: The work included in this Section consists of grouting and filling the various items indicated on the Drawings: B. Related Work Described Elsewhere: 1. Cast-In-Place Concrete: Section 03300. 2. Pre-cast Concrete: Section 03400. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Materials and Shop Drawings: Manufacturer's literature shall be submitted for review on non-shrink grout data shall include grout properties, mixing, surface preparation and installation instructions shall be in accordance with Article 6.11. 1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Grouting materials shall be delivered and stored in unbroken containers with seals and labels intact as packaged by the manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. FILL: The fill shall be a "flowable fill" consisting of a mixture of fine aggregate, portland cement, fly ash, air entraining admixtures and Water. Fine Aggregate can be any clean fine aggregate with 100% passing a 3/8 inch mesh sieve and not more than 15% passing a No. 200 sieve may be used. High air generators or foaming agents may be used in lieu of conventional air entraining admixtures and may be added at jobsite and mixed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. 2.02 Mix Design 5/1/06 GROUT AND FILL 03601 - 1 260107 A. Flowable fill is a mixture of Portland cement, fly ash, fine aggregate, air entraining admixture and water. Submit mix design to the Engineer for approval. Following is the suggested mix guide for non-excavatable flowable fill: CEMENT TYPE I 75 -150 lb/cu yd FLY ASH 150 - 600 lb/cu yd WATER Just enough to produce selfleveling product at time of placement AIR 5 - 15% 28 DA YCOMPRESSIVE Minimum 125 PSI STRENGTH UNIT WEIGHT (WET) 100 - 125 lb/cu yd FINE AGGREGATE Should be proportioned to yield I cu yd final volume of the mix 2.03 GROUT A. Non shrink grout: Use "Masterflow 713" manufactured by Master Builders, or equal nonmetallic, nonshrinking, nonstaining, premixed, water and oil resistant, high-strength grout meeting U.S. Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C621-80 (formerly CRD-C588-79) with manufacturer's nondisclaimer type warrantee provided. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF FLOWABLE FILL A. The City/Engineer reserves the right to change between "grouting" and "removal and disposal" for pipe sections that weren't identified in the construction plans. Any unidentified pipes will be either grouted or removed and disposed as decided by the City without any extra cost to the City. Filling of the annular space due to the abandonment of existing pipes will be allowed in continuous individually bulkhead segments of about maximum 300 linear feet. Grout Feed and Grout Vent stations should be located maximum 300 linear feet apart. B. Grout shall be mixed and placed as recommended by the manufacturer. END OF SECTION 5/1/06 GROUT AND FILL 03601 - 2 260107 SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide miscellaneous metal Work as indicated, specified, and required. B. Work included in this Section: 1. Anchors, miscellaneous bars, clips. 2. Construction castings such as pipe castings for bollards. 3. Miscellaneous connections, anchors, bolts, clips, spacers, nuts, washers, shapes and inserts, as required. 4. Galvanizing, shop primer finishes for Work of this Section as specified or required, including field touch ups of same. C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere. 1. Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete 2. Section 06200, Boardwalk Construction 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop/Erection Drawings. Prior to purchase or fabrication, submit shop drawings and erection drawings for approval in accordance with the requirements. of Article 6.11. Provide complete details of fabrication, assembly, and erection including at a minimum; sizes of all members, fastenings, supports and anchors, patterns, clearances, and all necessary connections to work of other trades. B. Test Reports. Submit copies of certified test reports for physical and chemical mill properties and conformance with applicable Federal and ASTM specifications, prepared by an independent testing laboratory. 1.03 VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS A. Verify site conditions that will affect Work of this Section, and obtain accurate dimensions. Report to the Engineer discrepancies between Drawings and field dimensions prior to commencing Work. '. B. Proceeding with fabrication or installation of miscellaneous metal items will be construed as evidence of acceptance by the Contractor of conditions under which miscellaneous metal work will be done. 7/9/2007 MISCELLANOUS METALS 05500 - 1 260107 1.04 COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARD AND INDUSTRY SPECIFICATIONS A. Any material or operation specified by reference to the published Specifications of a manufacturer, and published industry standards applicable to the work in this Section, shall comply with the requirements of the current specification or standard listed. In case of a conflict between the referenced Specification and the Project Specifications, the latter shall govern, unless written approval is obtained from the Engineer. 1.05 PROTECTION A. Handle miscellaneous metal items to avoid injury to persons and to avoid damage to materials or to work in place. Promptly repair or remove and replace work that has been damaged. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver packaged materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers. Arrange deliveries to provide sufficient quantities to permit continuity of erecting for any phase of Work. B. Store to prevent damage to materials or structure. Store ferrous metals to prevent rusting. Cover or encase finished surfaces to avoid scratching or discoloration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Steel. Rolled shapes, plates, and bars shall conform to the latest edition of the AISC "Manual of Steel Construction" and shall also conform to current ASTM Designation A 36. 1. Stainless Steel. Unless otherwise designated or approved, use stainless steel alloy types as follows which conform to ASTM A-167 and ASTM A-276: a. Stainless steel plates and bars shall be AISI Type 316 or Type 317 unless otherwise noted. b. Stainless steel anchor bolts shall be AISI Type 316. c. Stainless steel bolts, nuts and washers shall be AISI Type 316 where connecting or bearing on aluminum. 2. Pipe. Conform to ASTM A 53, Grade x-60 seamless epoxy coated. B. Ductile Iron. Conform to ASTM A 536 using grade 65-45-12 or better, except as specifically designated otherwise. C. Deferred Bolting Devices (DBD) may be used in lieu of anchor bolts only where specifically noted or detailed, and shall be installed in accordance with current International Conference of Building Officials Research Report Approval, and shall consist of the following: 1. Anchorages shall consist of all stainless steel, Type 316, Hilti HSL-R heavy-duty expansion anchors, Hilti HV A adhesive anchors, U.S. Anchor QC epoxy anchors, U.S. anchor CA capsule anchors, or approved equal. 7/9/2007 MISCELLANOUS METALS 05500 - 2 260107 D. Galvanizing. 1. Iron and Steel. ASTM A123, with average weight per square foot of 2.0 ounces and not less than 1.8 ounces per square foot. 2. Ferrous Metal hardware Items. ASTM A153 with average coating weight of 1.3 ounces per square foot. E. Welding Electrodes. 1. Steel Electrodes. Welding electrodes shall conform to AWS Dl.1, except E7024 rods or electrodes shall not be used. F. Shop Prime Paint. To assure compatibility with deferred field applied paint or coating systems, for ferrous metals other than stainless steel, and galvanized steel, use the same shop prime paint product and manufacturer as painting or protective coating system intended for field application. Portions of work immediately adjacent to intended field welds shall not be shop primed, nor shall portions intended for embedment. Epoxy primers and aliphatic acrylic polyurethane topcoats shall be used on all exposed ferrous surfaces, unless specifically specified otherwise. G. Anchors. Anchor bolts for base plates shall be as noted on the Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL F ABRICA nON AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Standards. Ferrous metals shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose scale and rust before being fabricated. Finished members shall be free of twists, bends.or open joints, and shall present a neat workmanlike appearance when completed. Steel work shall conform to the best practices set forth in the "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" for the American Institute of Steel Construction, latest edition. B. Welding. All welding shall be done in accordance with the "Structural Welding Code- Steel", A WS D 1.1 and current revisions. Welders shall be qualified by tests in accordance with A WS B3.0. C. General Fabrication and Installation. Fabricate in shop using specified new stock of standard size specified or detailed. Form and fabricate to meet required conditions. Include clips, straps, bolts, screws, and other fastenings necessary to secure the Work. Conform applicable Work to latest edition of Referenced Standards. Accurately make and tightly fit joints and intersections in true planes with secure fastenings. All metal Work shall be erected plumb, true on line and in its designated location. Field welds on exposed surface shall be ground and finished smooth. Connections shall be bolted or welded as indicated on Drawings. After installation, all Work shall be left in a neat and clean condition. 1. Coordinate Work of this Section with related trades. Particular attention is required for items to be embedded in concrete Work. Provide all punchings and drillings indicated or required for attachment of other Work to that of this Section. 7/9/2007 MISCELLANOUS METALS 05500 - 3 260107 2. Compliance with Safety Requirements. Dimensions required for the fabrication and installation of grating, pipe hangers and etc., which are not shown on the DRAWINGS, shall conform to the applicable requirements of OSHA Standards. D. Protection. Provide and be responsible for protection and repair of adjacent surfaces and areas that may become damaged as a result of Work of this Section. Protect work performed hereunder until completion and final acceptance of project by City. Promptly repair or replace all damaged or defective Work to original specified condition, at no additional cost to the City. 1. Protect finished floor surfaces and adjacent Work from damage. Concrete floors shall not be overloaded. Steel members shall not be placed directly on floors; use pads of - timber or other material for cushioning. 2. Aluminum members shall be coated, and isolated from contact with dissimilar metals, concrete and masonry to provide protection from electrolytic deterioration.. Use non- absorptive tape or gaskets, heavy brush coat of approved zinc chromate primer made with a synthetic resin vehicle; or apply a heavy coat of approved alkali-resistant asphaltic bituminous paint. 3.02 SPECIFIC ITEMS A. List of items hereinafter is not necessarily complete. Check Drawings, other Sections of Specifications, and other trades to provide miscellaneous iron and steel items as required to complete entire Work. Provide fasteners and connectors of approved types for a complete installation, whether or not indicated. B. Pipe and Conduit Supports and Bracing. Fabricate and install units detailed on the Drawings in fully coordinated manner with work of other trades. Where shown, hot dip galvanize after fabrication, and touch-up abraded or burned galvanizing. Otherwise members shall be shop primed with rust-inhibitive primer. END OF SECTION 7/9/2007 MISCELLANOUS METALS 05500 - 4 260107 SECTION 07920 SEALANTS AND CAULKING PART I - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTIONS A. Work Included in This Section. Principal items are: I. This Specification is intended to be general in scope as to location of caulking and sealants. The CONTRACTOR shall examine all DRAWINGS and details thoroughly and familiarize himself with the extent of the caulking and sealing involved. 2. Additional information pertaining to sealing and/or caulking found in the various specific trade sections shall be coordinated with the work of this Section. 3. Materials shall include, but not be limited to, sealants, caulk, backing rod, compressible filler, primer, and bond breaker tape. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere. Concrete work and sealants for manufactured items. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to purchase or delivery of materials, submit the following, and obtain ENGINEER's approval in accordance with Article 6.11. B. Samples and Technical Data. I. Submit samples and technical data by all manufacturers of proposed materials for approval. 2. Submit material manufacturer's printed preparation and application instructions to ENGINEER and furnish approved copies to all trades concerned. 3. Submit a chart of colors available for each material. C. Shop Drawings, when requested, submit the following in accordance with these Specifications. I. Full-size details indicating all the necessary components for each type of joint to be sealed. 2. Observed field conditions and measurements. 1.03 WARRANTY A. The CONTRACTOR shall fully guarantee all materials and workmanship under this Section for a period of three (3) years from the date of final acceptance of the building against all defects in both workmanship and materials and the CONTRACTOR shall promptly correct and/or replace such faulty work if so notified, at no additional cost to the CITY. 7/9/2007 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 07920 - 1 260107 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Delivery. Deliver sealant and caulking compounds in unopened factory labeled containers; labels bearing statement of conformance to standards specified for each material; and bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. Store all materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Colors. As selected to match adjoining surfaces. Special colors may be required. C. Sealant Compounds. Materials shall conform to Fed. Spec. TT-S-00227E(3) for multi- component sealant, or to Fed. Spec. IT -S-00230C(2) for single component sealant. Properties and adhesion of I-part sealants shall be equal to 2-part materials. Sealants shall be Type I or Type II, as applicable. Sealants shall be limited to acceptable compounds compositions which are polysulfide, polyurethane, and silicone. Use Class "B" sealants each conforming with above reference Federal Specifications or with ASTM C-920 like characteristics. Above-grade sealants shall be resistant to ultraviolet deteriorations. 1. Silicone type sealant shall be used only on above-grade joints which are not subject to immersion or to vehicular or pedestrian traffic. 2. For Traffic (Vehicular or Pedestrian) Horizontal Sealant Joints. Sealant shall be MAMECO International's No. 45, or equal. Provide with Shore "A" Hardness Range of25-35. 3. For precast concrete products, use high temperature silicone formulated to withstand temperatures in excess of 300oF, Dow-Corning Silastic 739 RTV, or equal. D. Primer, where required, shall be used as recommended in writing by the sealant manufacturer. Primer shall have been tested for non-staining characteristics and durability on samples of actual surfaces to be sealed. E. Back-up Materials and Preformed Joint Fillers. Use non-staining material, compatible with sealant and primer, and of a resilient nature capable of at least 30% recovery, (neoprene, butyl, or EPDM). Materials impregnated with oil, bitumen, or similar shall not be used. Size and shape shall be as indicated by joint details in Drawings and shall be as recommended by sealant manufacturer in writing. Sealant shall not adhere to back-up material. F. Bond Breakers, where required, shall be polyethylene tape, aluminum foil or other material as recommended by sealant manufacturer in writing. Minimum requirements are: 1. 14 mil thickness 2. Adhesive strength - 35 oz. per inch width 3. Tensile Strength - 20 lb. per inch width 4. Colored, not translucent G. Neoprene Pad. Designated neoprene pads at expansion joints shall be continuous in length and of designated width and length. Use neoprene which meets requirements of Section 25, Division 2 of AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, Table B Duro 70. 7/9/2007 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 07920 - 2 260107 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Perform work of this Section by material manufacturer's approved applicator in strict conformance with manufacturer's printed instructions, or perform such operations under direct supervision of qualified representative of material manufacturer. B. Applicator shall examine all surfaces and report to the CONTRACTOR all conditions not acceptable. 3.02 PREP ARA nON A. Thoroughly clean all joints, removing all foreign matter such as dust, oil, grease, water, surface dirt, frost and old caulking materials. Sealant must be applied to the base surface. Previously applied paint or primer must be entirely removed. B. Porous materials shall be cleaned where necessary by grinding, blast-cleaning, mechanical abrading, acid washing or combination of these methods to provide a clean, sound base surface for sealant adhesion. 1. Laitance shall be removed by acid washing, grinding, or mechanical abrading. 2. Form oils shall be removed by blast-cleaning. 3. Loose particles present or resulting from grinding, abrading or blast-cleaning shall be removed by blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air (or vacuuming) prior to application of primer or sealant. C. Non-porous surfaces. shall be cleaned either mechanically or chemically. Protective coatings such as methacrylite lacquer on metallic surfaces shall be removed by a solvent that leaves no residue. Solvent shall be used with clean cloths or lintless paper towels. Do not allow solvent to air dry without wiping. Wipe dry with clean, dry cloth, or lintless paper towels. D. Joint areas to be protected with masking tape or strippable films shall be cleaned before application of tape or film. E. All joints to receive sealant shall be as indicated on shop or project drawings. Do not seal joints until they are in compliance with drawings or meet with the approval of the ENGINEER. 1. Joints to receive sealant shall be a minimum of 1/4 inch wide by 1/4 inch deep, unless otherwise approved. 2. For joints in concrete: depth of the sealant may be equal to the width of joints up to lIZ-inch wide. For joints lIZ-inch to I-inch wide: depth shall be 1I2-inch. For expansion arid other joints, 1 to 2-inches wide: depth shall be no greater than 112 the applied sealant width. For joints exceeding 2-inches in width: depth shall be as directed by sealant manufacturer. 3. For joints in metal, and other non-porous surfaces; sealant depth shall be a minimum of 1/2 the applied sealant width, and shall in no case exceed the applied sealant width. F. Joints to receive sealant, back-up material or preformed joint filler shall be cleaned out, raked to full width and depth as required by applicator. 7/9/2007 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 07920 - 3 260107 G. Joints shall be of sufficient width and depth to accommodate specified back-up material or preformed joint filler and sealant. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Install back-up material or joint filler, of type and size specified, at proper depth to provide sealant dimensions as detailed. Back-up material shall be of suitable size and shape; and compressed 25-50 percent to fit joints as required. Sealant shall not be applied without back-up material and/or bond breaker strip. When using back-up tube, avoid lengthwise stretching. Tube or rod shall not be twisted or braided. B. Apply masking tape, where required, in continuous strips in alignment with joint edge. C. Prime surfaces, where required, with primer as recommended by sealant manufacturer. D. Follow sealant manufacturer's instruction regarding mixing (if required), surface preparation, priming, and application procedure. E. Apply sealant under pressure with hand or power actuated gun or other appropriate means. Gun shall have nozzle of proper size and provide sufficient pressure to completely fill joints as designed. When tooling joints, use tooling solution recommended by manufacturer. Remove masking tape immediately after joints have been tooled. 1. For sealant application when air temperature is below 40oF, consult sealant manufacturer for recommendations. 3.04 CLEAN-UP AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces of sealant as work progresses. Use solvent or cleaning agent as recommended by sealant manufacturer. All finished work shall be left in a neat, clean condition. 3.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. The sealant joints shall be uniformly smooth, free of wrinkles, flush with adjacent surfaces and absolutely watertight. Adjacent surfaces which have been soiled by the application of the sealing compound shall be wiped clean and be left neat. The work will be adjudged defective due to the sealant's hardening, cracking, crumbing, melting, wrinkling, shrinking, splitting, leaking, or running. END OF SECTION 7/9/2007 SEALANTS AND CAULKING 07920 - 4 260107 -, P G THE PROSURSGROUP INC. This is thefrant page of the performance/payment bond issued in compliance with Florida Statute Chapter 255.05 (revision effective July 1, 1998) Bond Number: 105077356 Surety in which bond's written: Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Local Address: 4631 Woodland Corporate Blvd., Suite 201 Tampa, FL 33614 Local Phone Number: (813) 890-4400 Contractor Name: Ripa & Associates Address: 1409 Tech Boulevard, Suite 1 Tampa, FL 33619 Phone: (813) 623-6777 Owner Name: City of Clearwater Address: 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 Phone: () Obligee Name: Same as Owner Address: Phone: ( ) Contract Number: 99-0020-EN Project Description: Alligator Lake Wetland Creation and Stormwater Treatment Project (99-0020-EN) Project Address: Clearwater, FL Legal description of property: N/ A This is the front page of the bond. All other pages are subsequent regardless of preprinted numbers. Tou,- leading Bond ream" 7217 Benjamin Road, Tampa, FL 33634 813.243.1110 PHONE I 813.243.1109 FAX I contractbonds@prosuregroup.com EMAIL www.prosuregroup.com .." BOND NUMBER: 105077356 CONTRACT BOND ST ATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF HILLSBOROUGH KNOW ALL M~N BY THESE PRESENTS: That we RIPA & ASSOCIATES Contractor and TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA. . (Surety) whose home address is P. O. BOX 373. TAMPA. FLORIDA 33601. HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of: FOUR HUNDRED SEVENTY ONE THOUSAND THIRTY THREE DOLLARS AND NINETY CENTS ($471,033.90) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for 'the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the--1!!:. day of ~rtkC f- , 2008 entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for: ALLIGATOR LAKE WETLAND CREATION AND STORMWATER TREATMENT PROJECT (99-0020-EN) a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form ofContracl, Form of Surety Bond, lnstructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save hannless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct. want of caf~ or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including etTOrs in the plans furnished by th~ Contractor, and further. if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly Or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, tins obligation shall be void, otherwise. the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any diffet'ence between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential. which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. Poge I CONTRACT BOND (2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against OT which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. . And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work, embraced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the tenns of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension oHime, alteration or addition to the temlS of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this ~ day of ~ ~J,"J t.\- . 2008 RIP A & ASSOCIATES CONT R By: Wl~~ !bUy J. Dix, - i~ ~ COUNTERSIGNED: ., . {'\ .' fJ . .- ~j ,D David . Shick, Florida Resident Agent Travelers Casualty and ~ti~CanJ5ariY ofAlTierica SURE~ ,'_ :". :..::- B. l\l[ \ JJ . A-->-:----.~':.,:- y.~ r-J / .~.. ATTORNEY-IN-FACT" David B. Shick Page 2 If TR!'VELERS POWER OF ATTORNEY WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company Attorney-In Fact No. 218007 St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Certificate No. 0 0 13 0 0 4 7 3 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, that Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint David B. Shick, David R. Turcios, and Steven Schumacher of the City of Tampa , State of Horida , their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings . obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the ComQanies have caused this instrtlme.nt.tobe signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this d f November 2006 ................. . ~o ,. 16th Farmington Casualty COmpany Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company o ~ State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company ..,....~.. /s..~:.........h...._~1-~\ i :/(.o~PORAr('\ ~ '\. \ ~1-...s..~A..~~V ~~- By: . 16th November 2006 On thiS the day of , before me personally appeared George W. Thompson, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes the~ein~ontained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2011. 58440-8-06 Printed in U.S.A. '\f\w c. j~ '- Marie C. Tetreault. Notary Public WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kori M. Johanson, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine InsuranS\1 C?mpany~ SI. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and SU~etSCgfupan~qf;~merisai,ard United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Po~~r}?fAttorn<:)>,;ep<:ecuted by saipCompanies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. . . IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand ar~.#fi~ed day of ,20 Kori M. Johans o ~ To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at www.stpaultravelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney-In-Fact number, the above-named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. WARNIW'; THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER CONTRACT This CONTRACT made and entered into this /.,rtday of ~ 2008 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter eSlgnated as the "CIty", and RIP A & ASSOCIATES of the City of TAMPA, County of HILLS BOROUGH and State of FLORIDA hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: ALLIGATOR LAKE WETLAND CREATION AND STORMWATER TREATMENT PROJECT (99-0020-EN) IN THE AMOUNT OF FOUR HUNDRED SEVENTY ONE THOUSAND THIRTY THREE DOLLARS AND NINETY CENTS ($471,033.90) In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perfonn in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAYBE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. Page 3 CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or termination; rates of payor other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1.000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1.000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. Page 4 CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. BY:tJJ-.~ ~. ~ :It William B. Horne, II City Manager CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINEL LAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: ~ .~ Frank Hibbard, Mayor-Councilmember Camilo Soto AS/j2mey Countersigned: (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.) ( Contractor) By: (SEAL) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). Page 5 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT (CORPORATION FORM) STATE OF COUNTY OF On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is the (TITLE) of RIP A & ASSOCIATES, a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 1409 Tech Boulevard. Suite 1, Tampa. Florida 33619-7843 (herein, the "Contractor"). That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of , 2008, with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: ALLGA TOR LAKE WETLAND CREATION AND STORMW A TER TREATMENT PROJECT (99-0020-EN) That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors, laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property. That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me RIP A & ASSOCIATES AFFIANT This _ day of , 2008 BY: NOT ARY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: PRESIDENT Page 6 PROPOSAL BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNO\V ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Ripa & Associates as Principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida in the sum of Ten Percent Of The Amount Bid In *** Dollars ($10% of Bid ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Ripa & Associates as Principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America as Surety, for work specified as: Alligator Lake Wetland Creation and Stormwater Treatment Project all as stipulated In said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Signed this 29th day of May (Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title; the person signing for a corporation must, by affidavit, show his authority to bind the corporation. , 2008 RiPa&~~+_ Principal ~. I By: ~/ ~ Title Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of Ameri,qf 1T ) f.) ~-- .fJ. t I Surety David B. Shick "Attorney-In-Fact" and "fiorida Resident Agent" " TRAVELERS POWER OF ATTORNEY WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters. Inc. Seaboard Surety Company Sl. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company Attorney-In Fact No. 218007 Sl. Paul Guardian Insurance COmpallY Sl. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casually and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety CllIllpany of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Certificatc 7'Jo. 0 0 13 (10448 KNO\V ALL MEl'i BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of "Jew York, that 51. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, SI. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and 51. Paul Mercury Insurance Company arc corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota. that Farmington Casualty Company. Trawlers Casualty and Surety Company. and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut. that Cnited States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland. that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the la,,"s of the State of Iowa. and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters. Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"). and that the Companies do hereby make. constitute and appoint David B. Shick, David R. Turcios, and Steven Schumacher of the City of Tampa , State of Florida , their true and lawful Atlonley(sl-in-Fact. each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign. execute. seal and acknowledge any and all bonds. recognizances. conditinmd undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the tidelity of persons. guaranteeing Ihe performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or pennitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law, IN WITNeSS WHEREOF, the Comp,.\lBU:s have caused this instrl.\',\,le,nlito be signed and their, corporate seals to be hereto aftixed, this . November L. u6 ", ' day ot .' 16th Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company @ ~~~~~..!.~~,:,& ~.toRPO,lt..;""S ~"f - ~\~l ~~...? E A. ~/~j ''It:~... State of Connecticut City of Hartford 5S. SI. Paul Guardian Insurance Company Sl. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company By: . 16th . November 2006 On tillS the day ot . ____ , before me personally appeared George \Y, Thompson. who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company. Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Lnderwriters. Inc.. Seaboard Surety Company, SI. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company. SI. Paul Guardian Insurance Company. SI. Paul iI-!ercury Insurance Company. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America. and Cnited States Fidelity and Guaranty Company. and that he. as such. being authorized so to do, cxecuted the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized ofticer. In Witness Whereof, [ hereunto set my hand and ofticial seal. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 20 II. 58440-8-06 Printed in U.S,A. ______W\w~_j~ --'-'-----~_.. TL~treaull. 0!tltary Puhli\.: WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF HiIlsborough ) -;:::rron h.... (2,'p0being duly sworn. deposes and says that he/she is Secretary of RIPA & Associates, LLC a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida. and having its principal office at 1409 Tech Blvd., Suite 1 Street & Nwnber Tampa City Hillsborough County FL State Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records. minute books and by-laws of RIPA & Associates, LLC (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that Frank Ripa is President (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for City of Clearwater for said corporation by virtue of Resolution of the Board dated May 27 I 2008 (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution ofthe Board of Dtted~. ffbYReso:n~Vpy Affiant Sworn to before me this Q i' day of maLf ,20 OX' ~~ Notary Public ,""'" :~~'!\..r~< PENNY L: CLARK f-rrb. ":*E CommiSSion DO 676823 ~~~~;.~j Expires August 18, 2011 ';..9f.,n\'" 8ondt-d ThnJ Tray Fain!nsuranc:s 8QO.385.7019 ~t'\""''1 L.C I()('~ Type/print/stamp name of Notary Do ~,~g-d3 Title or rank. and Serial No.. if any Section V -Landscaping.doc Page 8 Revised: 5/09flOO7 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDA VIT STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF Hillsborough ) Frank Ripa being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is President of RIPA & Associates, LLC the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said 'bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference., with any person. to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage awUnst the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. ~r Sworn to and subscribed be~ore me this ~ day of ~Q."" \. , 20 e>8' ",t1~'h." ;~\'!I.~<. PENNY L. CLARK ~;{~.~ Ej Ccmmission DO 676823 '>:.~~ ExpIres August 18, 2011 .11...nI' Oooded 1lw T~ Fain .....__ ., '-~7019 Go:~ ~ Notary Public Section V -Landscaping.doc Page 9 Revised: 5/0912007 PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWAT~ FLORID~ for u{Jt\f {'O a VI i (i~ ~loJ<:rf do ( (YL WQ ~ qq -oo;).o~. EN and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked "ii'd.r:'rC(.a geD~'mlhOn!' ~'ul JCd1JI1'(~ "\fcu'qiL PrOf I SfnnS (&fl#1J ~Q;(&. 2[b~ and ~ (~d (t-{ C~I On Qt1/Y15 d () kd ~ {OX~ flOOR Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of th~ City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent docmnents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. Th~ signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he bas carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative bas made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that iftbe Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the fonowing prices to wit: Section V -Landscaping.doc Page 10 Revised: 5/0912007 PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the fun amount of such bond shall be paid to the- City as stipulated or liquidated damages~ otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposa~ or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond Qr CtlFtmed. cheek on Bank, for the sum of ~-t~ lJeYj .J~ D u.~ C[nc{ J) _ n 00 ($ 47, oQ7. 61 ) ing a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of file members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: '--;fraY! k r;2 ~ fa. ADDRESSES: Ilfoqled,~/vl gel ;-;'~P41T0 JJ6JCJ I I' Signature of Bidder: -/~k (The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual). Section V -Landscaping. doc Page II Revised: 6/18/2007 PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: '~r '-...../' By: ~n k ? ~ e CL Title: President Business Address of Bidder: 1409 Tech Blvd, Suite 1 City and State: Tamoa, FL Zip Code 33619 Dated at Tampa ,this 29th day of M~y , A.D., 2007 Section V-Landscaping. doc Page [2 Revised: 6/1812007 'tITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: J II Ja( Lah nd ~H h n ~ +0 f11 LJa.-1er --r7'e C<. -f YYl e V1 -t- V rod' e c 1- Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. I Date: 5 J.p./loe Addendum No. -2- Date: 5 / ~/ I () [1 Addendum No. -3- Date: 5 / ~ '1 ) 0 go Addendum No. ~ Date: S! !l.l( ~ 8" Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: RIPA & Associates. LLC -~~ (Signature of Offi ) President (Title of Officer) Mav 28. 2008 (Date) Section V -Landscaping. doc Page 13 Revised: 5/09/2007 BIDDERtS PROPOSAL PROJECf: Alligator Lake Wetland Creation and Stormwater Treatment Project CONTRACTOR: RIPA & A~~nciatp.~, L LC BIDDER'S TOTAL $ 470, Q7b. II (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOT AL cf'll r h WI A t"t'J .se-Ll C1l, UUSCVvt-d. (Words)_ h;nc:I1Uhldn:dse -f.ys;~ cutd II/tOo THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS ms TOTAL BID BASED ON IDS UNIT PRICES AND. LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECflON. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORt'\1ATION ONLY AT mE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUl'vlP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. Section V -Lmldscnping.doc Pngel4 Revised:5109f2007 PROPOSAL BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Ripa & Associates as Principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida in the sum of Ten Percent Of The Amount Bid In *** Dollars ($10% of Bid ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Ripa & Associates as Principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America as Surety, for work specified as: Alligator Lake Wetland Creation and Stormwater Treatment Project all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Signed this 29th day of May (Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title; the person signing for a corporation must, by affidavit, show his authority to bind the corporation. , 2008 Ri~a&~~+ _ Principal L5/ / By: Wt'::::>S/ ~ - Title Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of Ameri,c,a - 'i \ -'j '., ,~-"--'-" ~\/l-...> v]. F'....I I Surety David B. Shick "Attorney-In-Fact" and "Florida Resident Agent" e TRAVELERS POWER OF ATTORNEY WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company Attorney-In Fact No. 218007 St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Certificate No. 0 0 13 (I 0 4 4 8 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the Slate of New York. that SI. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company. SI. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and SI. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, that Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company. and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut. that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the Jaws of the State of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint David B. Shick, David R. Turcios, and Steven Schumacher of the City of Tampa , State of Florida , their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign. execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds. recognizances. conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons. guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITN!2~S WHEREOF, the Comp,llBiks have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed. this d f. l''1ovember L' u6 ~o ,. 16th Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company ~ ~~ @ State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and (;uaranty Company By: . 16th November 2006 On thiS the day of , before me personally appeared George W. Thompson. who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company. Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, SI. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, SI. Paul Guardian Insurance Company. SI. Paul Mercury Insurance Company. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company. and that hc, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations hy himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 20 II. 58440-8-06 Printed in U.S.A. ,,<<\w__~_~j~ '- Mari" C. T"lr"aull. Notary Puhlic WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: ~ 1/ ~ a +Or Lake id)1'..</- land. Crea. -/1'0 VI a n ~ ;; +0(/11 WCL.J. er . ---r7'e C{. -+ Yh en -j- C.J rode c -(- Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. --L- Date: 5 / ~II Og' Addendum No. -2- Date: 5 J Q../ I () 8 Addendum No. -3- Date: 5 / J-1 JOg' I Addendum No. ~ Date: S) !l.ll C) 8' Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendwn No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: RIPA & Associates. LLC ~~:4;~ (Signature ofOffi ) President (Title of Officer) Mav 28. 2008 (Date) Section V -Landscaping.doc Page 13 Revised: 5/09/2007 Alligator Lake Wetland Creation & Stormwater Treatment Project Bid Form Item Description Unit Quantity Unit Cost Total Cost 1.0 Mobilization and Site Preparation 1.1 Mobilization LS 1 20,726.63 $20,726.63 1.2 Maintenance of Traffic LS 1 6,524.77 $6,524.77 1.3 Tree Barricades LS 1 5,012.35 $5,012.35 1.4 Root Pruning LS 1 798.45 $798.45 1.5 Erosion and Sediment Control LS 1 18,760.55 $18,760.55 1.6 By-Pass Pumping/Dewatering LS 1 10,832.32 $10,832.32 Subtotal $62,655.07 2.0 Earthwork 2.1 Clearing and Grubbing AC 8 $5,523.85 $44,190.80 2.2 . Earthwork LS 1 $37,605.58 $37,605.58 2.3 Finish Grading LS 1 $11,757.67 $11,757.67 2.4 Unsuitable Material Removal CY 1 $30.3~" 2.5 Additional Bearing Material CY 1 $22.33 Subtotal . $9,~ -Q? 3.0 Drainage ~ '13 h6'. ~( : 3.1 Control Structure EA 1 $3,282.02 '$3,282.02 3.2 Junction Box EA 1 $2,677.88 $2,677.88 3.3 30" RCP LF 10 $59.60 $596.00 3.4 36" RCP LF 30 $75.68 $2,270.40 3.5 Riprap rubble (bank and shore protection) Ton 550 $75.01 $41,255.50 3.6 Filter Fabric SF 2,850 $0.46 $1,311.00 3.7 Erosion Control Mats SY 2,500 $7.05 $17,625.00 3.8 Endwall EA 2 $2,853.15 $5,706.30 3.9 Grassed Footpath LS 1 $3,470.34 $3,470.34 Subtotal $78,194.44 4.0 Landscape and Sod 4.1 Sod (Bahia) LS 1 $7,397.06 $7,397.06 4.2 Landscaping 1 GAL PLANTS EA 57,358 $2.92 $167,485.36 4.3 Landscaping 3 GAL PLANTS EA 1,148 $16.44 $18,873.12 Subtotal $193,755.54 Subtotal $428,159.10 Permits - NPDES/SWPPP $1.00 Contingency (10%) $42,816.01 TOTAL CONSTRUCTION -......-...11 ~&fo, ~. --" f7~ ():JJ .10 C!.E Parsons 1 Rev Addend 3 5/29/2008 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECf: Alligator Lake Wetland Creation and Stormwater Treatment Project CONTRACTOR: RIPA It. A!=:!=:odah:~!=: I LC . :::~::~~~~::~;~;-B~jw!~~~~r:b:)/~O:) . THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS illS TOTAL BID BASED ON IDS UNIT PRICES AND. LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. DT-' rot.> e. t!iJN{J te~ 5 e uc-.JT 'r ~ IV E r llouSANO --,; tiLT'r' Tfffl.Ei;= Oou.~.s ,A-N"c .N~cTy Q.,G.A,.)"1'S QE 7/~/~ Section V -I...andscnping.doc Page 14 Revised: 510912007